Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Banks - Regional / First Business Financial Services, Inc. / FY2011 Annual Report

First Business Financial Services, Inc.
Annual Report 2011

FBIZ · NASDAQ Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker FBIZ
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Financial Services
Industry Banks - Regional
Employees 354
← All annual reports
FY2011 Annual Report · First Business Financial Services, Inc.
Loading PDF…
Table of Contents  

UNITED STATES  
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION  
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549  

FORM 10-K  

(Mark One)  
x  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT 

OF 1934 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011  

¨ 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE 
ACT OF 1934 

For the transition period from             to              

Commission file number 001-34095  

FIRST BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.  

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)  

Wisconsin 
(State or jurisdiction of  
incorporation or organization)  

401 Charmany Drive,  
Madison, WI  
(Address of principal executive offices) 

39-1576570 
(I.R.S. Employer  
Identification No.)  

53719 
(Zip Code) 

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code (608) 238-8008  

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:  

Title of each class 
Common Stock, $0.01 par value 
Common Share Purchase Rights 

Name of each exchange on which registered 
NASDAQ Stock Exchange 
NASDAQ Stock Exchange 

Securities registered pursuant to section 12(g) of the Act  
None  

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes   ¨     No   x  

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act.    Yes   ¨     No   x  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act 
of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject 
to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes   x     No   ¨  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate website, if any, every Interactive Data File 
required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the 
registrant was required to submit and post such files.)    Yes   x     No   ¨  

Indicate by check mark if the disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be 
contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this From 
10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.   ¨  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting 
company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange 
Act. (Check one):  

Large accelerated filer     ¨ 

   Accelerated filer 

   ¨ 

      
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Non-accelerated filer 

   ¨   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company) 

   Smaller reporting company     x 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes    ¨     No    x  

The aggregate market value of the common equity held by non-affiliates computed by reference to the closing price of such common equity, as 
of the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter was approximately $38.3 million.  

As of February 23, 2012, 2,625,288 shares of common stock were outstanding.  

Part III – Portions of the Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on May 14, 2012 are incorporated by reference into 
Part III hereof.  

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE  

   
         
  
Table of Contents  

[This page intentionally left blank]  

2  

   
Table of Contents  

Table o f Contents  

PART I  

Item 1. Business  

Item 1A. Risk Factors  

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments  

Item 2. Properties  

Item 3. Legal Proceedings  

Item 4. Reserved  

PART II  

Item  5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities  

Item 6. Selected Financial Data  

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations  

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk  

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data  

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure  

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures  

Item 9B. Other Information  

PART III  

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance  

Item 11. Executive Compensation  

Item  12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters  

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence  

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services  

PART IV  

Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statements Schedules  

Signatures  

3  

   4    

   4    

   13    

   19    

   19    

   20    

   20    

   20    

   20    

   22    

   23    

   48    

   50    

  100    

  100    

  100    

  100    

  100    

  101    

  101    

  101    

  101    

  101    

  101    

  102    

   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Table of Contents  

PART I.  

Item 1. 

Business 

General  

First Business Financial Services, Inc. (together with all of its subsidiaries, collectively referred to as “FBFS,” “Corporation,” “we,” “us,” or 
“our”) is a registered bank holding company incorporated under the laws of the State of Wisconsin and is engaged in the commercial banking 
business through its wholly-owned banking subsidiaries First Business Bank and First Business Bank – Milwaukee (the “Banks”). All of the 
operations of FBFS are conducted through the Banks and certain subsidiaries of First Business Bank. The Banks operate as business banks 
focusing on delivering a full line of commercial banking products and services tailored to meet the specific needs of small and medium-sized 
businesses, business owners, executives, professionals and high net worth individuals. The Banks generally target businesses with sales between 
$2 million and $50 million. To supplement its business banking deposit base, the Banks utilize wholesale funding alternatives to fund a portion 
of their assets. The Banks do not utilize a branch network to attract retail clients.  

First Business Bank (“FBB”) is a state bank that was chartered in 1909 under the name Kingston State Bank. In 1990, FBB relocated its home 
office to Madison, Wisconsin, opened a banking facility in University Research Park, and began focusing on providing high-quality banking 
services to small and medium-sized businesses located in Madison, Wisconsin and the surrounding area. FBB’s product lines include 
commercial and consumer treasury management services, commercial lending, commercial real estate lending, equipment financing and a 
variety of deposit accounts and personal loans to business owners, executives and high net worth individuals. FBB also offers trust and 
investment services through First Business Trust & Investments (“FBTI”), a division of FBB. FBB has three loan production offices in the 
Northeast Region of Wisconsin to serve Appleton, Wisconsin, Oshkosh, Wisconsin and Green Bay, Wisconsin and their surrounding areas.  

FBB has four wholly-owned subsidiaries. First Business Capital Corp. (“FBCC”) operates as an asset-based commercial lending company 
specializing in providing secured lines of credit as well as term loans secured by equipment and real estate assets primarily to manufacturers and 
wholesale distribution companies located throughout the United States. First Business Equipment Finance, LLC (“FBEF”) operates as a 
commercial equipment finance company specializing in financing of general equipment for small and middle market companies. FBB Real 
Estate, LLC (“FBBRE”) is a limited liability company established for the purpose of holding and liquidating real estate and other assets acquired 
through foreclosure or other legal proceedings. First Madison Investment Corp. (“FMIC”) is located in and formed under the laws of the state of 
Nevada. FMIC was organized for the purpose of managing a portion of the Bank’s investment portfolio. FMIC invests in marketable securities. 
FBB previously had one indirect subsidiary, First Madison Capital Corp Nevada Corp (“FMCCNC”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of FBCC 
located in and formed under the laws of the state of Nevada, organized for the purpose of investing in loans purchased from FBCC. FMCCNC 
was dissolved effective October 1, 2011 and the loans were transferred to FBCC.  

First Business Bank – Milwaukee (“FBB – Milwaukee”) is a state bank that was chartered in 2000 in Wisconsin. Like FBB, FBB – Milwaukee’s 
product lines include commercial and consumer treasury management services, commercial lending and commercial real estate lending for 
similar sized businesses as FBB. FBB – Milwaukee also offers trust and investment services through a trust service office agreement with FBB. 
FBB – Milwaukee offers business owners, executives, professionals and high net worth individuals, consumer services which include a variety 
of deposit accounts and personal loans. FBB – Milwaukee has one wholly owned subsidiary, FBB – Milwaukee Real Estate, LLC (“FBBMRE”). 
FBBMRE is a limited liability company established for the purpose of holding and liquidating real estate and other assets acquired through 
foreclosure or other legal proceedings.  

In September 2008, FBFS formed FBFS Statutory Trust II, (“Trust II”), a Delaware business trust wholly owned by the Corporation. In 2008, 
Trust II completed the sale of $10.0 million of 10.5% fixed rate trust preferred securities. Trust II also issued common securities in the amount of 
$315,000 to the Corporation. Trust II used the proceeds from the offering to purchase $10.3 million of 10.5% junior subordinated notes (the 
“Notes”) issued by the Corporation. The Corporation has the right to redeem the Notes at any time on or after September 26, 2013. The preferred 
securities are mandatorily redeemable upon the maturity of the Notes on September 26, 2038.  

4  

   
   
Table of Contents  

Available Information  

The Corporation maintains a web site at www.firstbusiness.com . This Form 10-K and all of the Corporation’s filings under the Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, including the Corporation’s proxy statement, are available through that web site, free of charge, including 
copies of annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and any amendments to those reports, on 
the date that the Corporation files those materials with, or furnishes them to, the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). These filings are 
also available to the public on the internet at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov . Shareholders may also read and copy any document that we 
file at the SEC’s public reference rooms located at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. Shareholders may call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0300 
for further information on the public reference room.  

Employees  

At December 31, 2011, FBFS had 143 employees which equates to 126.7 full-time equivalent employees. We believe that our relationship with 
our employees is good.  

Competition  

The Banks encounter strong competition in attracting commercial loan, equipment finance and deposit clients as well as trust and investment 
clients. Such competition includes banks, savings institutions, mortgage banking companies, credit unions, finance companies, equipment 
finance companies, mutual funds, insurance companies, brokerage firms and investment banking firms. The Banks’ market areas include 
branches of several commercial banks that are substantially larger in terms of loans and deposits. Furthermore, tax exempt credit unions operate 
in the Banks’ market areas and aggressively price their products and services to a large portion of the market. The Banks also compete with 
regional and national financial institutions, many of which have greater liquidity, higher lending limits, greater access to capital, more 
established market recognition and more resources and collective experience than the Banks. Our profitability depends upon the Banks’ ability to 
successfully maintain and increase market share.  

Supervision and Regulation  

Below is a brief description of certain laws and regulations that relate to the Corporation and the Banks. This narrative does not purport to be 
complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to applicable laws and regulations.  

General  

The Banks are chartered in the State of Wisconsin and are subject to regulation and supervision by the Division of Banking of the Wisconsin 
Department of Financial Institutions (“WDFI”), and are subject to periodic examinations. Review of fiduciary operations is included in the 
periodic examinations. The Banks’ deposits are insured by the Deposit Insurance Fund (“DIF”). The DIF is administered by the Federal Deposit 
Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”), and therefore the Banks are also subject to regulation by the FDIC. Periodic examinations of the Banks are also 
conducted by the FDIC. The Banks must file periodic reports with the FDIC concerning their activities and financial condition and must obtain 
regulatory approval prior to entering into certain transactions such as mergers with or acquisitions of other depository institutions and opening or 
acquiring branch offices. This regulatory structure gives the regulatory authorities extensive discretion in connection with their supervisory and 
enforcement activities and examination policies, including policies regarding the classification of assets and the establishment of adequate loan 
and lease loss reserves.  

Wisconsin banking laws restrict the payment of cash dividends by the Banks by providing that (i) dividends may be paid only out of the Banks’ 
undivided profits, and (ii) prior consent of the WDFI is required for the payment of a dividend which exceeds current year income if dividends 
declared have exceeded net profits in either of the two immediately preceding years. The various bank regulatory agencies have authority to 
prohibit banks under their jurisdiction from engaging in an unsafe or unsound practice. Under certain circumstances, the payment of a dividend 
by the Banks could be considered an unsafe or unsound practice. In the event that (i) the FDIC or the WDFI should increase minimum required 
levels of capital; (ii) the total assets of the Banks increase significantly; (iii) the income of the Banks decrease significantly; or (iv) any 
combination of the foregoing occurs, then the Boards of Directors of the Banks may decide or be required by the FDIC or the WDFI to retain a 
greater portion of the Banks’ earnings, thereby reducing or eliminating dividends.  

5  

   
Table of Contents  

The Banks are subject to certain restrictions imposed by the Federal Reserve Act on any extensions of credit to their parent holding company, 
FBFS. Also included in the Federal Reserve Act are restrictions on investments in the capital stock or other securities of FBFS and on taking of 
such stock or securities as collateral for loans to any borrower. Under the Federal Reserve Act and regulations of the Federal Reserve Board, 
FBFS and its Banks are prohibited from engaging in certain tie-in arrangements in connection with any extension of credit or any property or 
service.  

The Corporation’s and the Banks’ Boards of Directors and management work in concert with the appropriate regulatory bodies on decisions 
which affect their capital position, including but not limited to, decisions relating to the payment of dividends and increasing indebtedness. 
Management intends to consult with the Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago and provide them with information on the Corporation’s and Banks’ 
then-current and prospective earnings and capital position, on a quarterly basis, in advance of declaring any cash dividends.  

The Corporation  

FBFS is a financial holding company registered under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, and is subject to regulation, 
supervision, and examination by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “FRB”). The Corporation is required to file an 
annual report with the FRB and such other reports as the FRB may require. Prior approval must be obtained before the Corporation may merge 
with or consolidate into another bank holding company, acquire substantially all the assets of any bank or bank holding company, or acquire 
ownership or control of any voting shares of any bank or bank holding company if after such acquisition it would own or control, directly or 
indirectly, more than 5% of the voting shares of such bank or bank holding company. In reviewing applications for such transactions, the FRB 
considers managerial, financial, capital and other factors, including financial performance of the bank or banks to be acquired under the 
Community Reinvestment Act of 1977, as amended. Also, under the Riegle-Neal Interstate Banking and Branching Efficiency Act of 1994, as 
amended, state laws governing interstate banking acquisitions subject bank holding companies to some limitations in acquiring banks outside of 
their home state without regard to local law.  

The Gramm-Leach Bliley Act of 1999 (“GLBA”) eliminates many of the restrictions placed on the activities of bank holding companies. Bank 
holding companies such as FBFS can expand into a wide variety of financial services, including securities activities, insurance, and merchant 
banking, without the prior approval of the FRB.  

The FRB has the authority to prohibit bank holding companies under their jurisdiction from engaging in unsafe or unsound practices. In the 
event that (i) the FRB should increase minimum required levels of capital; (ii) the total assets of the Corporation increases significantly; (iii) the 
income of the Corporation decreases significantly; or (iv) any combination of the foregoing occurs, then the Board of Directors of the 
Corporation may decide or be required by the FRB to retain a greater portion of the Corporation’s earnings, thereby reducing or eliminating 
dividends paid to its shareholders.  

Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act. The U.S. government has taken a variety of actions to strengthen 
supervision of financial institutions and systemically important nonbank financial companies, including that, on July 21, 2010, Congress passed 
into law the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (“Dodd-Frank Act”). The Dodd-Frank Act represents the most 
comprehensive change to banking laws since the Great Depression of the 1930s, and mandates change in several key areas: regulation and 
compliance (both with respect to financial institutions and systemically important nonbank financial companies), securities regulation, executive 
compensation, regulation of derivatives, corporate governance, and consumer protection. While these changes in the law will have a major 
impact on large institutions, even smaller institutions such as ours will be affected. The Dodd-Frank Act calls for federal regulatory agencies to 
adopt new rules and conduct studies over the next several years in order to implement its provisions. The ultimate impact of the legislation on the 
Corporation will not be known for many months or years.  

The following summary is intended only to highlight those provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act that the Corporation believes will have the most 
significant impact on the Corporation and its operations in the future. The summary does not describe every provision of the Dodd-Frank Act 
that may in any way affect the Corporation, and is not intended to provide a summary of the legislation in its entirety.  

6  

   
Table of Contents  

Key provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act that are likely to affect the Corporation and its subsidiaries in the near- and long-term include:  

Changes in FDIC insurance. The Dodd-Frank Act increased the FDIC’s minimum ratio of reserves to insured deposits and changed how deposit 
insurance premium assessments from the FDIC are calculated through provisions specifically designed to capture more deposit insurance 
premium income from the larger U.S. banks. These provisions led to lower FDIC insurance premiums for the Banks than if the change had not 
been made. The legislation also permanently increased federal deposit insurance coverage to $250,000. Additionally, under the Dodd-Frank Act, 
beginning December 31, 2010 and continuing through January 1, 2013, all funds held in noninterest-bearing transaction accounts and Interest on 
Lawyer Trust Accounts (“IOLTAs) are guaranteed by the FDIC for the entire balance of the account.  

Regulation of derivatives. The Dodd-Frank Act imposes significant restrictions on the trading of derivatives, and provides for increased 
regulation by the SEC and the Commodities Futures Trading Commission of the over-the-counter derivative market. The Dodd-Frank Act will 
require bank holding companies to spin off certain riskier derivative trading activities to separately capitalized affiliates, while continuing to 
authorize perceived lower-risk derivative activities by banks to the extent these activities qualify as risk mitigating activities directly related to 
the bank’s activities. The Corporation does not currently expect these provisions to have a significant impact on its operations, though they may 
limit potential areas of expansion by the Corporation’s banking subsidiaries of their derivative activities, products and services.  

Bank capital. The Collins Amendment in the Dodd-Frank Act affects the capital requirements for commercial banks, and includes a phased-in 
exclusion of trust preferred securities as an element of Tier 1 capital for certain bank holding companies. Bank holding companies with total 
assets of $15 billion or more have three years to phase-out trust preferred securities from their Tier 1 capital, beginning January 1, 2013. The 
Corporation’s total assets are less than $15 billion and therefore it is not required to phase out its trust preferred securities as an element of Tier 1 
capital; however, if the Corporation were to issue any new trust preferred securities such securities would not qualify as regulatory capital.  

Leverage and risk-based capital requirements. The Dodd-Frank Act mandates federal banking agencies to establish new leverage and risk-based 
capital requirements for banks, bank holding companies, and “systemically important” non-banking companies. While the Dodd-Frank Act does 
not provide any specific guidance on what the new capital levels should be, the law does provide that the capital levels currently in force should 
serve as a floor for any new capital requirements. Accordingly, the Corporation expects that these new “prudential standards” will lead to higher 
capital requirements in the future. The new law further mandates regulators to adapt capital requirements as banks grow in size or engage in 
riskier activities, and codifies for the first time the requirement imposed by bank regulators that a bank holding company must serve as a “source 
of strength” or provider of funds to its subsidiary depository institutions, if those funds are ever needed.  

Investor protections—whistleblower. Section 21F of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Exchange Act”) entitled “Securities Whistleblower 
Incentives Protection” and Section 922 of the Dodd-Frank Act specify that a person who provides “original information” to the SEC of fraud or 
securities violations within a company that leads to an enforcement penalty of $1 million or more may be entitled to collect between 10 and 30 
percent of the penalties of $1 million or greater.  

Final SEC rules promulgated pursuant to the above statutes include a provision that a whistleblower’s voluntary participation in an entity’s 
internal compliance and reporting systems is a factor that can increase the amount of an award. The Dodd-Frank Act provision also includes 
substantial retaliation protections for whistleblowers. The Corporation works toward a culture where employees understand policies and 
procedures. Additionally, the Corporation’s whistleblower procedures have been enhanced to include:  

• 

• 

• 

• 

   Providing feedback to the reporter that is confidential and anonymous  

   Escalation procedures and areas of investigation  

   Additional documentation procedures  

   “Lessons learned” review  

7  

   
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents  

Mortgage reform. In response to widespread concern about a breakdown in the mortgage lending market that some have argued (i) fostered 
lending practices that produced loans that had inadequate assurance of being repaid, thereby adversely impacting the ultimate holders of such 
loans and (ii) encouraged the placement of borrowers in loans that they did not adequately understand or were not financially prepared to repay, 
the Dodd-Frank Act seeks to prevent practices that may have led to these problems from occurring again and will bring significant changes to the 
mortgage industry. These will include new specific duties on the part of mortgage originators to act in the best interest of consumers and to take 
steps to seek to ensure that consumers will have the capability to repay loans that they obtain. The Dodd-Frank Act includes significant new 
disclosure requirements and appraisal reforms. Due to its limited consumer mortgage portfolio, the Corporation does not currently expect these 
provisions to have a significant impact on its operations; however, additional compliance resources will be needed to monitor changes.  

The extent to which the new legislation and existing and planned governmental initiatives will succeed in alleviating tight credit conditions or 
otherwise result in an improvement in the national economy is uncertain. In addition, because most of the component parts of the new legislation 
will be subject to intensive agency rulemaking and subsequent public comment over the next several quarters prior to eventual implementation, it 
is difficult to predict the ultimate effect of the Dodd-Frank Act on the Corporation at this time. However, the Corporation anticipates expenses 
will increase as a result of new compliance requirements.  

The Banks  

As state-chartered DIF-insured banks, the Banks are subject to extensive regulation by the WDFI and the FDIC. Lending activities, fiduciary 
activities and other investments must comply with federal statutory and regulatory requirements. This federal regulation establishes a 
comprehensive framework of activities in which an institution can engage and is intended primarily for the protection of the DIF, the FDIC, and 
depositors.  

As of January 1, 2012, First Business Bank has reached total assets of greater than $1 billion, and as a result will be subject to further reporting 
requirements under FDIC rules, specifically 12 CFR part 363 (“Annual Independent Audits and Reporting Requirements”) as of December 31, 
2012. Pursuant to these rules, management will prepare a report that contains an assessment by management of First Business Bank’s 
effectiveness of internal control structure and procedures for financial reporting as of the end of the fiscal year. First Business Bank will also be 
required to obtain an independent public accountant’s attestation report concerning its internal control structure over financial reporting that 
includes the Reports of Condition (“Call report”) and/or the FR Y-9C report.  

Insurance of Deposits. The Banks’ deposits are insured under the DIF of the FDIC. The standard maximum deposit insurance amount is 
$250,000 per deposit account and provides temporary unlimited coverage for noninterest-bearing transaction accounts, including IOLTAs, at all 
FDIC-insured depository institutions. All funds held in noninterest-bearing transaction accounts will be fully insured, without limit, from 
December 31, 2010, through December 31, 2012. This unlimited coverage is separate from, and in addition to, the coverage provided to a 
depositor with other accounts held at the Banks.  

The FDIC assigns each institution it regulates to a particular risk category based on the levels of the institution’s capital – “well-capitalized,” 
“adequately capitalized,” or “undercapitalized” and the varying levels of supervisory concern, ranging from those institutions considered to be 
healthy to those that raise substantial supervisory concern. The result is four risk categories with well-capitalized, financially sound institutions 
paying lower rates than those paid by undercapitalized institutions with substantial supervisory concern that pose a risk to the insurance fund. 
Effective April 1, 2011, the FDIC amended the Federal Deposit Insurance Act to implement revisions required by the Dodd-Frank Act, 
including, among other changes modifying the definition of an institution’s deposit insurance assessment base from a deposit-based calculation 
to an average assets less average tangible equity-based calculations and changing the assessment rate adjustments. The Banks’ assessment rate 
depends on the risk category to which they are assigned. Assessment rates for deposit insurance currently range from 2.5 to 45 basis points. At 
December 31, 2011, the Banks are well capitalized. The supervisory risk category to which the Banks are assigned by the FDIC is confidential 
and may not be disclosed.  

8  

   
Table of Contents  

In December 2009, all banks, including our Banks, received a notice requiring the prepayment of the 2010-2012 FDIC insurance premiums. The 
payment was required on or before December 30, 2009 in an effort to strengthen the cash position of the DIF immediately without immediately 
impacting earnings of the banking industry. The prepaid assessment was based upon the Banks’ assessment rate in effect on September 30, 2009 
and will be subject to adjustments on a quarterly basis throughout the prepayment period based upon actual levels of deposits and related risk 
ratings. The Banks’ share of the prepayment was a cash payment of approximately $5.4 million at December 30, 2009 of which $363,000 was 
remaining as a prepaid asset as of December 31, 2011. In general, any increase in insurance assessment, including special assessments, would 
have an adverse effect on the earnings of the Banks. The prepaid FDIC insurance prepayment has a negative impact on our net interest margin 
because the prepaid asset will be considered a non-earning asset for us as the FDIC will not pay interest on the prepaid amounts nor will we have 
the ability to use that cash for higher yielding alternatives.  

Regulatory Capital Requirements  

The FRB monitors the capital adequacy of the consolidated holding company because on a consolidated basis it has assets in excess of $500.0 
million. A combination of risk-based and leverage ratios are determined by the FRB. Failure to meet these capital guidelines could result in 
supervisory or enforcement actions by the FRB. Under the risk-based capital guidelines, different categories of assets, including certain off-
balance sheet items, such as loan commitments in excess of one year and letters of credit, are assigned different risk weights, based on the 
perceived credit risk of the asset. These risk-weighted assets are calculated by assigning risk weights to corresponding asset balances to 
determine the risk weight of the entire asset base. Total capital, under this definition, is defined as the sum of “Tier 1” and “Tier 2” capital 
elements, with Tier 2 capital being limited to 100% of Tier 1 capital. Tier 1 capital, with some restrictions, includes common stockholders’ 
equity, any perpetual preferred stock, qualifying trust preferred securities and minority interests in any unconsolidated subsidiaries. Tier 2 
capital, with certain restrictions, includes any perpetual preferred stock not included in Tier 1 capital, subordinated debt, any trust preferred 
securities not qualifying as Tier 1 capital, specific maturing capital instruments and the allowance for loan and lease losses (limited to 1.25% of 
risk-weighted assets). The regulatory guidelines require a minimum total capital to risk-weighted assets of 8%, of which at least 4% must be in 
the form of Tier 1 capital. The FRB also has a leverage ratio requirement which is defined as Tier 1 capital divided by average total consolidated 
assets. The minimum leverage ratio required is 3%. The Banks have consistently maintained regulatory capital ratios at or above the well 
capitalized standards. For further detail on capital and capital ratios refer to Note 10 – Stockholders’ Equity and Regulatory Capital in the 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.  

Prompt Corrective Action  

The Banks are also subject to capital adequacy requirements under the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 
(“FDICIA”). Under FDICIA, all commonly controlled FDIC insured depository institutions may be held liable for any loss incurred by the FDIC 
resulting from a failure of, or any assistance given by the FDIC to, any commonly controlled institutions.  

Pursuant to certain provisions of FDICIA, the federal regulatory agencies have broad powers to take prompt corrective action if a depository 
institution fails to maintain certain capital levels. Prompt corrective action may include, without limitation, restricting a depository institution’s 
ability to pay dividends, restricting acquisitions, branch establishment, or other activities and placing limitations on asset growth and may 
prohibit payment of management fees to control persons, if such payments and distributions would cause undercapitalization. At this time, our 
capital levels are above the levels at which federal regulatory authorities could invoke their authority to initiate any manner of prompt corrective 
action under the applicable provisions of the FDICIA.  

Limitations on Dividends and Other Capital Distributions  

Federal and state regulations impose various restrictions or requirements on state-chartered banks with respect to their ability to pay dividends or 
make various other distributions of capital. Generally, such laws restrict dividends to undivided profits or profits earned during preceding 
periods.  

In addition to federal and state regulations, FDIC insured institutions may not pay dividends while undercapitalized or if such a payment would 
cause undercapitalization. The FDIC also has authority to prohibit the payment of dividends if such a payment constitutes an unsafe or unsound 
practice in light of the financial condition of a particular bank.  

9  

   
Table of Contents  

Liquidity  

The Banks are required by federal regulation to maintain sufficient liquidity to ensure safe and sound operations. We believe that the Banks have 
an acceptable liquidity percentage to match the balance of net withdrawable deposits and short-term borrowings in light of present economic 
conditions and deposit flows. Refer to Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – 
Liquidity and Capital Resources for additional information.  

Federal Reserve System  

The Banks are required to maintain reserves at specified levels against their transaction accounts and non-personal time deposits. As of 
December 31, 2011, the Banks were in compliance with these requirements.  

Federal Home Loan Bank System  

The Banks are members of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago (“FHLB”). The FHLB serves as a central credit facility for its members. 
The FHLB is funded primarily from proceeds from the sale of obligations of the FHLB system. It makes loans to member banks in the form of 
FHLB advances. All advances from the FHLB are required to be fully collateralized as determined by the FHLB.  

As a member, each Bank is required to own shares of capital stock in the FHLB in an amount equal to the greatest of $500, 1% of its aggregate 
unpaid residential mortgage loans, home purchase contracts or similar obligations at the beginning of each year or 20% of its outstanding 
advances. The FHLB also imposes various limitations on advances relating to the amount and type of collateral, the amount of advances and 
other items. At December 31, 2011, the Banks owned a total of $2.4 million in FHLB stock and they were both in compliance with FHLB 
requirements. The Banks received a modest dividend from the FHLB in the year ended December 31, 2011 and no dividend in the year 2010. 
Outstanding FHLB advances as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 were $482,000 and $2.4 million, respectively.  

Since October 2007, the FHLB has been under a consensual cease and desist order with its regulator, the Federal Housing Finance Board. Under 
the terms of the order, capital stock repurchases and redemptions, including redemptions upon membership withdrawal or other termination, are 
subject to prior approval of the Director of the Office of Supervision of the Finance Board. On February 1, 2011, the FHLB issued a press 
release declaring a cash dividend at an annualized rate of 10 basis points per share based upon the FHLB’s preliminary financial results for the 
fourth quarter of 2010 and has been paying a quarterly dividend thereafter. The Banks do not expect dividend income from their holdings of 
FHLB stock to be a significant source of income for the foreseeable future. The Banks currently hold $2.4 million, at cost, of FHLB stock, of 
which $1.3 million is deemed voluntary stock. We believe we will ultimately recover the value of this stock. On January 13, 2012, the FHLB 
announced its intentions to repurchase approximately $500 million in excess capital stock as part of its approved capital plan. The Banks 
submitted an application to participate in the FHLB’s excess stock repurchase program. On February 15, 2012, the FHLB repurchased 
approximately $619,000 of the Banks’ excess FHLB stock.  

Transactions with Affiliates  

The Banks’ loans to their own and the Corporation’s executive officers, directors and owners of greater than 10% of any of their respective stock 
(so-called “insiders”) and any entities affiliated with such insiders are subject to the conditions and limitations under Section 23A of the Federal 
Reserve Act and the Federal Reserve Bank’s Regulation O. In general, the provisions of Section 23A require that transactions between a banking 
institution or its subsidiaries and such institution’s affiliates be on terms as favorable to the institution as transactions with non-affiliates. In 
addition, these provisions contain certain restrictions on loans to affiliates, restricting such loans to a percentage of the institution’s capital. A 
covered “affiliate,” for purposes of these provisions, would include the Corporation and any other company that is under our common control. 
Certain transactions with our directors, officers or controlling persons are also subject to conflict of interest regulations. Among other things, 
these regulations require that loans to such persons and their related interests be made on terms substantially the same as for loans to unaffiliated 
individuals and must not create an abnormal risk of repayment or other unfavorable features for the Banks in accordance with Regulation O. The 
Banks can make exceptions to the foregoing procedures if they offer extensions of credit that are widely available to employees of the Banks and 
that do not give any preference to insiders over other employees of the Banks.  

10  

   
Table of Contents  

Privacy and Gramm-Leach-Bliley  

The Banks are required by statute and regulation to disclose their privacy policies. In addition, the Banks must appropriately safeguard their 
clients’ nonpublic, personal information. Section 501(b) of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act mandates that the Banks establish standards for 
safeguarding customer information that includes board involvement, a risk assessment process, a program for managing and controlling risk, 
managing service providers, an incident response program and a process to adjust the program(s) as needed.  

Community Reinvestment Act Requirements  

The Community Reinvestment Act requires each Bank to have a continuing and affirmative obligation in a safe and sound manner to help meet 
the credit needs of its entire community, including low and moderate income neighborhoods. Federal regulators regularly assess the Banks’ 
record of meeting the credit needs of their respective communities. Applications for additional acquisitions would be affected by the evaluation 
of the Banks’ effectiveness in meeting its Community Reinvestment Act requirements.  

Anti – Money Laundering  

The Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (the “Patriot 
Act”) is designed to deny terrorists and criminals the ability to obtain access to the U.S. financial system and has significant implications for 
depository institutions, brokers, dealers and other businesses involved in the transfer of money. The Patriot Act mandates financial services 
companies to have policies and procedures with respect to measures designed to address any or all of the following matters: customer 
identification programs, money laundering, terrorist financing, identifying and reporting suspicious activities and currency transactions, currency 
crimes, and cooperation between financial institutions and law enforcement authorities.  

Commercial Real Estate Guidance  

The FDIC’s Concentrations in Commercial Real Estate Lending, Sound Risk Management Practices (“CRE Guidance”) provides supervisory 
criteria, including the following numerical indicators, to assist bank examiners in identifying banks with potentially significant commercial real 
estate loan concentrations that may warrant greater supervisory scrutiny: (1) commercial real estate loans exceed 300% of capital and increased 
50% or more in the preceding three years or (2) construction and land development loans exceed 100% of capital. The CRE Guidance does not 
limit banks’ levels of commercial real estate lending activities but rather guides institutions in developing risk management practices and levels 
of capital that are commensurate with the level and nature of their commercial real estate concentrations. Based on our current loan portfolio, our 
Banks do not exceed these guidelines. Even though the Banks do not exceed these regulatory guidelines, we believe that we have taken 
appropriate precautions to address the risks associated with our concentrations in commercial real estate lending. We do not expect the CRE 
Guidance to adversely affect our operations or our ability to execute our growth strategy.  

Interagency Appraisal and Evaluation Guidelines  

In December 2010, the federal banking agencies updated the Interagency Appraisal and Evaluation Guidelines. This update represented the first 
update to the guidelines since 1994 and sets forth the minimum regulatory standards for appraisals. It incorporates examiner expectations 
regarding the appraisal process in loan workouts, expectations for loan and portfolio monitoring and appraisal independence and management. 
This guidelines require institutions to utilize strong internal controls to ensure appraisals and evaluations are reliable. The guidelines further 
emphasize the importance of strong policies to monitor and update valuations of collateral for existing real estate loans and transactions. We do 
not expect the updates to the Interagency Appraisal and Evaluation Guidelines to adversely affect our operations.  

S.A.F.E. Act Registration Requirements  

In connection with implementation of the Secure and Fair Enforcement for Mortgage Licensing Act of 2008, the federal banking agencies 
implemented the provisions of the SAFE Act requiring employees of agency-related institutions to register with the Nationwide Mortgage 
Licensing System and Registry, a database created by the states to support the licensing of mortgage loan originators. Residential mortgage loan 
originators must register prior to originating residential mortgage loans. The Banks have complied with this provision.  

11  

   
Table of Contents  

Other Regulations  

The Banks are also subject to a variety of other regulations with respect to the operation of their businesses, including but not limited to the 
Dodd-Frank Act, Fair and Accurate Transactions Act, Truth in Lending Act, Truth in Savings Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the 
Electronic Funds Transfer Act, Funds Availability Act, Privacy of Consumer Financial Information Act, the Fair Housing Act, the Home 
Mortgage Disclosure Act, the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act, Unlawful Internet Gambling Enforcement Act, and the Fair Credit Reporting 
Act.  

Changing Regulatory Structure  

Regulation of the activities of national and state banks and their holding companies imposes a heavy burden on the banking industry. The FRB, 
FDIC, and WDFI all have extensive authority to police unsafe or unsound practices and violations of applicable laws and regulations by 
depository institutions and their holding companies. These agencies can assess civil monetary penalties, issue cease and desist or removal orders, 
seek injunctions, and publicly disclose such actions. Moreover, the authority of these agencies has expanded in recent years, and the agencies 
have not yet fully tested the limits of their powers.  

The laws and regulations affecting banks and financial or bank holding companies have changed significantly in recent years, and there is reason 
to expect changes will continue in the future, although it is difficult to predict the outcome of these changes. From time to time, various bills are 
introduced in the U.S. Congress with respect to the regulation of financial institutions. Certain of those proposals, if adopted, could significantly 
change the regulation of banks and the financial services industry.  

Monetary Policy  

The monetary policy of the FRB has a significant effect on the operating results of financial or bank holding companies and their subsidiaries. 
Among the means available to the FRB to affect the money supply are open market transactions in U.S. government securities, changes in the 
discount rate on member bank borrowings and changes in reserve requirements against member bank deposits. These means are used in varying 
combinations to influence overall growth and distribution of bank loans, investments and deposits, and their use may affect interest rates charged 
on loans or paid on deposits.  

Executive Officers of the Registrant  

The following contains certain information about the executive officers of FBFS. There are no family relationships between any directors or 
executive officers of FBFS.  

Corey A. Chambas , age 49, has served as the President and Chief Executive Officer of First Business Financial Services, Inc. since December 
2006. Mr. Chambas joined the Corporation in 1993 and has held various positions including Chief Operating Officer, Executive Vice President, 
and Chief Executive Officer of First Business Bank. Mr. Chambas has over 25 years of commercial banking experience. Prior to joining the 
Corporation, he was a Vice President of Commercial Lending with M&I Bank in Madison, Wisconsin.  

James F. Ropella , age 52, has served as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Corporation since September 
2000. Mr. Ropella also serves as the Chief Financial Officer of the subsidiaries of the Corporation. Mr. Ropella has 22 years of experience in 
finance and accounting, primarily in the banking industry. Prior to joining First Business Financial Services, Inc., Mr. Ropella was Treasurer of a 
consumer products company. Prior to that, he was Treasurer of Firstar Corporation, now known as U.S Bancorp.  

Michael J. Losenegger , age 54, has served as Chief Credit Officer of First Business Financial Services, Inc. since May 2011. Prior to being 
appointed Chief Credit Officer, Mr. Losenegger served as the Corporation’s Chief Operating Officer since September 2006. Mr. Losenegger 
joined the Corporation in 2003 and has held various positions with First Business Bank, including Chief Executive Officer, Chief Operating 
Officer and Senior Vice President of Business Development. Mr. Losenegger has over 23 years of experience in commercial lending. Prior to 
joining the Corporation, Mr. Losenegger was Senior Vice President of Lending at M&I Bank in Madison, Wisconsin.  

12  

   
Table of Contents  

Barbara M. Conley , age 58, has served as the Corporation’s General Counsel since June 2008 and as Senior Vice President/Corporate 
Secretary of the Corporation since December 2007. She has also served as a Director of FBCC since June 2009. Ms. Conley has over 30 years of 
experience in commercial banking. Directly prior to joining the Corporation in 2007, Ms. Conley was a Senior Vice President in Corporate 
Banking with Associated Bank. She had been employed at Associated Bank since May 1976.  

Jodi A. Chandler, age 47, has served as Senior Vice President – Human Resources & Administration of First Business Financial Services, Inc. 
since January 2010. Prior to that, she held the position of Senior Vice President – Human Resources for several years. She has been an employee 
of the Corporation for almost 20 years.  

Mark J. Meloy , age 50, has served as President and Chief Executive Officer of First Business Bank since December 2007. Mr. Meloy joined 
the Corporation in 2000 and has held various positions including Executive Vice President of First Business Bank and President and Chief 
Executive Officer of First Business Bank – Milwaukee. Mr. Meloy has over 25 years of commercial lending experience. Prior to joining the 
Corporation, Mr. Meloy was a Vice President and Senior Relationship Manager with Firstar Bank, NA, Cedar Rapids, Iowa and Milwaukee, 
Wisconsin, now known as U.S. Bank, working in their financial institutions group with mergers and acquisition financing.  

Joan A. Burke , age 60, has served as President of First Business Bank’s Trust Division since September 2001. Ms. Burke has over 30 years of 
experience in providing trust and investment advice. Prior to joining the Corporation, Ms. Burke was the President, Chief Executive Officer and 
Chairperson of the Board of Johnson Trust Company and certain of its affiliates.  

Charles H. Batson , age 58, has served as the President and Chief Executive Officer of First Business Capital Corp since January 2006. 
Mr. Batson has 32 years of experience in asset-based lending. Directly prior to joining First Business Capital Corp., Mr. Batson served as Vice 
President and Business Development Manager for Wells Fargo Business Credit, Inc. since 1990.  

David J. Vetta , age 57, has served as President and Chief Executive Officer of First Business Bank-Milwaukee since January 2007. Prior to 
joining First Business Bank – Milwaukee, Mr. Vetta was Managing Director at JP Morgan Asset Management since 1992 overseeing National 
Institutional Investment Sales teams and the Regional Private Client Group, while serving as a member of the executive committee. Mr. Vetta 
was affiliated with JP Morgan Chase and its predecessor companies in various other roles since 1976.  

Item 1A.  Risk Factors 

You should carefully read and consider the following risks and uncertainties because they could materially and adversely affect our business, 
financial condition and results of operations.  

Credit Risks  

Our allowance for loan and lease losses may not be adequate to cover actual losses.  

We are exposed to the risk that our loan and lease clients may not repay their loans and leases according to their terms and that the collateral 
securing the payment of these loans and leases may be insufficient to assure repayment. We may experience significant loan and lease losses 
which could have a material adverse impact on operating results. There is a risk that some of our assumptions and judgments about the 
collectability of the various loan and lease portfolio segments could be formed from inaccurately assessed conditions.  

We maintain an allowance for loan and lease losses to cover probable losses inherent in our loan and lease portfolio. Additional loan and lease 
losses will likely occur in the future and may occur at a rate greater than that experienced to date. An analysis of the loan and lease portfolio by 
segment, historical loss experience and an evaluation of general economic conditions are all utilized in determining the size of the allowance. 
Additional adjustments may be necessary to allow for unexpected volatility or deterioration in the local or national economy. If significant 
additions are made to the allowance for loan and leases losses, this would materially decrease net income.  

13  

   
   
Table of Contents  

Additionally, regulators periodically review our allowance for loan and lease losses or identify further loan or lease charge-offs to be recognized 
based on judgments different from ours. Any increase in the allowance for loan and lease losses, including as required by regulatory agencies, 
could have a material adverse impact on net income.  

Declines in fair values of commercial real estate or equipment provided as collateral could increase our exposure to future probable losses.  

The market value of real estate can fluctuate significantly in a short period of time as a result of economic conditions. Adverse developments 
affecting real estate values in one or more of our markets could impact collateral coverage associated with the commercial real estate segment of 
our portfolio possibly leading to increased specific reserves or charge-offs. We also provide loans collateralized by general business assets 
including accounts receivable, inventory, and business equipment. Significant adverse changes in various industries could cause rapid declines in 
values and collectability associated with those business assets resulting in inadequate collateral coverage that may expose us to future losses. An 
increase in specific reserves and charge-offs may have a material adverse impact on our results of operation.  

Our loan portfolio has a concentration of commercial real estate loans.  

We have a concentration of commercial real estate loans in the primary markets we serve. The repayment of these loans generally is dependent 
on sufficient income from the properties securing the loans to cover operating expenses and debt service. Payments on loans secured by 
commercial real estate are often dependent upon the successful operation and management of the properties; therefore, repayment of these loans 
may be affected by factors outside the borrower’s control, including adverse conditions in the real estate market or the economy. In the event that 
the cash flow from the property is reduced, the borrower’s ability to repay the loan could be negatively impacted. The deterioration of one or a 
few of these loans could cause a material increase in our level of non-performing loans. An increase in non-performing loans results in a loss of 
revenue from these loans and could result in an increase in the provision for loan and lease loss and an increase in charge-offs, all of which could 
have a material adverse impact on our net income.  

Liquidity Risks  

The corporation is a bank holding company and its sources of funds are limited.  

The Corporation is a bank holding company, and its operations are primarily conducted by the Banks, which are subject to significant federal 
and state regulation. Cash available to pay dividends to the shareholders of the Corporation and meet the Corporation’s debt service requirements 
is derived primarily from its existing cash flow sources, its third party line of credit, dividends received from the Banks, or a combination 
thereof. Future dividend payments by the Banks to the Corporation will require generation of future earnings by the Banks and are subject to 
certain regulatory restrictions.  

We rely, in part, on external financing to fund our operations and the lack of availability of such funds in the future could adversely affect 
our operations.  

Our ability to implement our business strategy will depend on our ability to obtain funding for loan originations, working capital and other 
general corporate purposes. If our core banking and commercial deposits are not sufficient to meet our funding needs, we may increase our 
utilization of brokered deposits, FHLB advances and other wholesale funding sources necessary to fund desired growth levels. Because these 
funds generally are more sensitive to interest rate changes than our core deposits, they are more likely to move to the highest rate available. In 
addition, the use of brokered deposits without regulatory approval is limited to banks that are “well capitalized” according to regulation. If our 
Banks are unable to maintain their capital levels at “well capitalized” minimums, we could lose a significant source of funding, which would 
force us to utilize additional wholesale funding or potentially sell assets at a time when pricing may be unfavorable. To the extent we are not 
successful in obtaining such funding, we will be unable to implement our strategy as planned, which could have a material adverse effect on our 
financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.  

14  

   
Table of Contents  

The Corporation may be adversely affected by the soundness of other financial institutions.  

Financial services institutions are interrelated as a result of trading, clearing, counterparty, or other relationships. The Corporation has exposure 
to many different industries and counterparties and routinely executes transactions with counterparties in the financial services industry, 
including commercial banks, brokers and dealers, investment banks, and other institutional clients. Many of these transactions expose the 
Corporation to credit risk in the event of a default by a counterparty or client. Any such losses could have a material adverse effect on the 
Corporation’s financial condition and results of operations.  

Interest Rate Risk  

Variations in interest rates may harm our financial results.  

We are subject to interest rate risk. Changes in the interest rate environment, whether as a result of changes in monetary policies of the FRB or 
otherwise, may reduce our profits. Net interest spreads are affected by the difference between the maturities and repricing characteristics of 
interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. They are also affected by the proportion of interest-earning assets that are funded by 
interest-bearing liabilities. There is no assurance that we can minimize our interest rate risk. In addition, an increase in the general level of 
interest rates may adversely affect the ability of certain borrowers to pay their obligations if the increase in rates is not concurrent with a general 
expansion of the economy. Accordingly, changes in levels of market interest rates could materially and adversely affect our net interest spread, 
asset quality, loan origination volume and overall profitability.  

Strategic Risks  

Our financial condition and results of operations could be negatively affected if we fail to effectively develop and execute our strategic plan.  

Our ability to increase profitability will depend on a variety of factors including the identification of desirable business opportunities, 
competitive responses from financial institutions in our market areas and our ability to manage liquidity and funding sources. While we believe 
we have the management resources and internal systems in place to successfully develop and manage our strategic plan, there can be no 
assurances that opportunities will be available and that the strategic plan will be successful or effectively managed.  

Competition from other financial institutions could adversely affect our profitability.  

We encounter heavy competition in attracting commercial loan, equipment finance and deposit clients as well as trust and investment clients. We 
believe the principal factors that are used to attract core deposit accounts and that distinguish one financial institution from another include 
value-added relationships, rates of return, types of accounts, service fees, convenience of office locations and hours and quality of service to the 
depositors. We believe the primary factors in competing for commercial loans are value-added relationships, interest rates, loan fee charges, loan 
structure and timeliness and quality of service to the borrower.  

Our competition includes banks, savings institutions, mortgage banking companies, credit unions, finance companies, equipment finance 
companies, mutual funds, insurance companies, brokerage firms and investment banking firms. We also compete with regional and national 
financial institutions that have a substantial presence in our market areas, many of which have greater liquidity, higher lending limits, greater 
access to capital, more established market recognition and more resources and collective experience than us. Furthermore, tax exempt credit 
unions operate in most of our market areas and aggressively price their products and services to a large portion of the market. Our profitability 
depends, in part, upon our ability to successfully maintain and increase market share.  

15  

   
Table of Contents  

The recent repeal of federal prohibitions on payment of interest on demand deposits could increase our interest expense.  

On July 21, 2011, all federal prohibitions on the ability of financial institutions to pay interest on demand deposit accounts were repealed as part 
of the Dodd-Frank Act. As a result, financial institutions could commence offering interest on demand deposits to compete for clients. We do not 
yet know what interest rates or products our competitors may offer, if any, in response to this repeal. Our interest expenses would increase and 
our net interest margin would decrease if we began to offer interest on demand deposits to attract new clients or maintain current customers.  

If we are unable to keep pace with technological advances in our industry, our ability to attract and retain clients could be adversely affected. 

The banking industry is constantly subject to technological changes with frequent introductions of new technology-driven products and services. 
In addition to better serving clients, the effective use of technology increases our efficiency and enables us to reduce costs. Our future success 
will depend in part on our ability to address the needs of our clients by using technology to provide products and services that will satisfy client 
demands for convenience as well as create additional efficiencies in our operations. A number of our competitors have substantially greater 
resources to invest in technological improvements, as well as significant economies of scale. There can be no assurance that we will be able to 
implement and offer new technology-driven products and services to our clients. If we fail to do so, our ability to attract and retain clients may 
be adversely affected.  

Operational Risks  

Our framework for managing risks may not be effective in mitigating risk and loss to us.  

Our risk management framework seeks to mitigate risk and loss to us. We have established processes and procedures intended to identify, 
measure, monitor, report and analyze the types of risk to which we are subject, including liquidity risk, credit risk, market risk, interest rate risk, 
operational risk, legal and compliance risk, and reputational risk, among others. However, as with any risk management framework, there are 
inherent limitations to our risk management strategies as there may exist, or develop in the future, risks that we have not appropriately 
anticipated or identified. Our ability to successfully identify and manage risks facing us is an important factor that can significantly impact our 
results. If our risk management framework proves ineffective, we could suffer unexpected losses and could be materially adversely affected.  

We rely on our management, and the loss of one or more of those managers may harm our business.  

Our success has been and will be greatly influenced by our continuing ability to retain the services of our existing senior management and, as we 
expand, to attract and retain additional qualified senior and middle management. The unexpected loss of key management personnel or the 
inability to recruit and retain qualified personnel in the future could have an adverse effect on our business and financial results. In addition, our 
failure to develop and/or maintain an effective succession plan will impede our ability to quickly and effectively react to unexpected loss of key 
management and in turn may have an adverse effect on our business.  

We face significant operational risks because the nature of the financial services business and with our business bank focus, we handle a 
high volume of high dollar transactions.  

We rely on the ability of our employees and systems to process a high number of transactions. Operational risk is the risk of loss resulting from 
our operations, including but not limited to, the risk of fraud by employees or persons outside the Corporation, the execution of unauthorized 
transactions by employees, errors relating to transaction process and technology. With our business bank focus, the dollar value of each 
transaction tends to be greater; thereby increasing the magnitude of the risk of loss associated with processing a high number of transactions.  

Our internal controls may be ineffective.  

Management regularly reviews and updates our internal controls, disclosure controls and procedures, and corporate governance policies and 
procedures. Any system of controls, however well designed and operated, is based in part on certain assumptions and can provide only 
reasonable, not absolute, assurances that the objectives of the internal controls are met. Any failure or circumvention of our controls and 
procedures, including fraudulent acts, or failure to comply with regulations related to controls and procedures, could have a material adverse 
effect on our results of operations.  

16  

   
Table of Contents  

A breach in security of our systems or our third party service providers’ communications and information technologies could have a material 
adverse effect on our business.  

We rely heavily on communications and information technology to conduct our business. Any failure or interruption due to a breach in security 
of these systems could result in failures or disruptions in our general ledger, deposit, loan, investment management, electronic banking and other 
systems. We have policies and procedures designed to prevent or limit the effect of such a failure or interruption due to a security breach of our 
information systems; however, there can be no assurance that any such events will not occur or, if they do, that they will be adequately 
addressed. The occurrence of any failures, interruptions or security breaches of our information systems could damage our reputation, result in a 
loss of clients, subject us to additional regulatory scrutiny, or expose us to litigation and possible financial liability which could have an adverse 
effect on our operating results and financial condition. Failure in any of these situations subjects us to risks that may vary in size and scope.  

In addition, we rely on third-party service providers for a substantial portion of our communications, information, operating and financial control 
systems technology. While we have selected these third-party vendors carefully, we do not control their actions. If any of these third-party 
service providers experience financial, operational or technological difficulties, security breaches, or if there is any disruption in our 
relationships with them, we may be required to locate alternative sources for these services. There can be no assurance that we could negotiate 
terms as favorable to us or obtain services with similar functionality as we currently have without the expenditure of substantial resources. Any 
of these circumstances could have a material adverse effect on our business.  

Our business continuity plans could prove to be inadequate, resulting in a material interruption in or disruption to, our business and a 
negative impact on our results of operations.  

We rely heavily on communications and information systems to conduct our business, and our operations are dependent on our ability to protect 
our systems against damage from fire, power loss or telecommunication failure. The computer systems and network infrastructure we use could 
be vulnerable to unforeseen problems. These problems may arise in both our internally developed systems and the systems of our third-party 
service providers. Any failure or interruption of these systems, whether due to severe weather, natural disasters, acts of war or terrorism, criminal 
activity or other factors, could result in failures or disruptions in general ledger, deposit, loan, client relationship management and other systems. 
While we have a business continuity plan and other policies and procedures designed to prevent or limit the effect of a failure, interruption or 
security breach of our information systems, there can be no assurance that any such failures or interruptions will not occur or, if they do occur, 
that they will be adequately addressed. The occurrence of any failures or interruptions of our information systems could damage our reputation, 
result in a loss of clients, subject us to additional regulatory scrutiny, or expose us to civil litigation and possible financial liability, any of which 
could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.  

Legal/Compliance Risks  

We are subject to extensive regulation, and changes in banking laws and regulations could adversely affect our business.  

Our businesses are subject to extensive state and federal government supervision, regulation, and control. Existing state and federal banking laws 
subject us to substantial limitations with respect to loans, purchases of securities, payment of dividends and many other aspects of our 
businesses. There can be no assurance that future legislation or government policy will not adversely affect the banking industry and our 
operations by further restricting activities or increasing the cost of compliance. See Item 1, Business—Supervision and Regulation.  

Changes in accounting standards may materially impact our financial statements.  

From time to time, the Financial Accounting Standards Board changes the financial accounting and reporting standards that govern the 
preparation of financial statements. These changes can be hard to predict and can materially impact how we record and report our financial 
condition and results of operations. In some cases, it may be necessary to apply a new or revised standard retroactively, resulting in the 
significant restatement of prior period financial statements.  

17  

   
Table of Contents  

External Risks  

Adverse changes in global, national and local economic conditions, particularly a continuing or worsening slowdown where our business is 
concentrated, could harm our business.  

Our success depends on the economic conditions in the United States and economic conditions in the general geographic markets in which we 
operate, principally in the South Central region of Wisconsin and to a lesser extent, the Southeastern and Northeastern regions of Wisconsin. We 
primarily provide banking and financial services to meet the needs of small to mid-sized businesses. The origination of loans secured by real 
estate and business assets of those businesses is our primary function and our principal source of profits. Client demand for loans could be 
reduced further by a weakening economy, increases in unemployment or an increase in interest rates in these areas. In addition, these businesses 
generally have fewer financial resources in terms of capital or borrowing capacity than larger entities. The duration and severity of economic 
declines, including declines in real estate and equipment values, in these areas could reduce our growth rate, impair our ability to collect loans or 
attract deposits, cause loans to become inadequately collateralized and generally have an adverse impact on our results of operations and 
financial condition.  

The national and global macro-economic downturn, including recent events in the European financial markets, resulted in unprecedented levels 
of financial market volatility, depressed the overall market value of financial institutions, limited access to capital, and had a material adverse 
effect on the financial condition and results of banking companies, including the Corporation. There can be no assurance that the actions taken 
by the U.S. Government, FRB and other governmental and regulatory bodies for the purpose of stabilizing the financial markets will achieve 
their intended effect or will be continued.  

Reputational Risks  

Negative publicity could damage our reputation and adversely impact our business and financial results.  

Reputation risk, or the risk to our earnings and capital due to negative publicity, is inherent in our business. Negative publicity can result from 
our actual or alleged conduct in a number of activities, including lending practices, corporate governance, and actions taken by government 
regulators and community organizations in response to those activities. Negative publicity can adversely affect our ability to keep and attract 
customers, and can expose us to the litigation and regulatory action.  

Our trust operations subject us to financial and reputational risks.  

We are subject to trust operations risk related to performance of fiduciary responsibilities. Clients may make claims and take legal action 
pertaining to our performance of our fiduciary responsibilities. Whether client claims and legal action related to our performance of our fiduciary 
responsibilities are founded or unfounded, if such claims and legal actions are not resolved in a manner favorable to us, they may result in 
significant financial liability and/or adversely affect the market perception of us and our products and services, as well as impact client demand 
for those products and services. Any financial liability or reputational damage could have a material adverse effect on our business, which, in 
turn, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.  

Risks related to investing in the Corporation  

Our stock is thinly traded.  

Low volume of trading activity of our stock may make it difficult for investors to resell their common stock when they want at prices they find 
attractive. Our stock price can fluctuate significantly in response to a variety of factors and the volume of shares traded can be influenced by:  

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

   our operating performance;  

   limited research analysis performed on our Corporation;  

   operating results and stock price performance of other companies that investors deem comparable to us;  

   news reports relating to trends, concerns and other issues in the financial services industry;  

   perceptions in the marketplace regarding us and/or our competitors; and  

   changes in government regulations.  

18  

   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents  

General market fluctuations, industry factors and general economic and political conditions and events, such as economic slowdowns or 
recessions, interest rate changes or credit loss trends could also cause our stock price to decrease regardless of operating results.  

To maintain adequate capital levels, we may be required to raise additional capital in the future, but that capital may not be available when it 
is needed and could be dilutive to our existing shareholders.  

We are required by regulatory authorities to maintain adequate levels of capital to support our operations. In order to ensure our ability to 
support the operations of our Banks we may need to limit or terminate cash dividends that can be paid to our shareholders. In addition, we may 
need to raise capital in the future. Our ability to raise capital, if needed, will depend in part on our financial performance and conditions in the 
capital markets at that time, and accordingly, we cannot provide assurance of our ability to raise capital on terms acceptable to us. The current 
economic environment, the relationship of stock prices to tangible book value, and the overall condition of capital markets, all of which are 
outside of our control, as well as any decline in our performance or stock price, increase uncertainty as to when capital on acceptable terms will 
be available to us. In addition, if we decide to raise equity capital, the interest of our shareholders could be diluted. Any issuance of common 
stock at prices below tangible book value would dilute the ownership of our current shareholders. In addition, the market price of our common 
stock could decrease as a result of the sale of a large number of shares or similar securities, or the perception that such sales could occur. If we 
cannot raise capital when needed, our ability to serve as a source of strength to our Banks, pay dividends, maintain adequate capital levels and 
liquidity, or further expand our operations could be materially impaired.  

Item 1B.  Unresolved Staff Comments 

None  

Item 2. 

Properties 

The following table provides certain summary information with respect to the principal properties that we leased as of December 31, 2011:  

Location 
401 Charmany Drive, Madison, WI  

18500 W. Corporate Drive, Brookfield, WI  

Function  
Full service banking location of First Business Bank and office 
of First Business Financial Services, Inc. 

Full service banking location of First Business Bank - 
Milwaukee 

3913 West Prospect Avenue, Appleton, WI  

    Loan production office of First Business Bank 

230 Ohio Street, Oshkosh, WI  

300 N. Broadway, Green Bay, WI  

    Loan production office of First Business Bank 

    Loan production office of First Business Bank 

Expiration 
Date  

2028 

2020 

2017 

2017 

2014 

FBB also conducts trust and investment business from a limited purpose branch located at 3500 University Avenue, Madison, Wisconsin. For the 
purpose of generating asset-based loans, office space is also leased in Minneapolis, Minnesota; Cleveland, Ohio; St. Louis, Missouri; Detroit, 
Michigan; Denver, Colorado; and Chicago, Illinois under short-term lease agreements, which have terms of less than one year.  

19  

   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Table of Contents  

Item 3. 

Legal Proceedings 

We believe that no litigation is threatened or pending in which we face potential loss or exposure which could materially affect our consolidated 
financial position, consolidated results of operations or cash flows. Since our subsidiaries act as depositories of funds, lenders and trust agents, 
they are occasionally named as defendants in lawsuits involving claims to the ownership of funds in particular accounts. This and other litigation 
is incidental to our business.  

Item 4. 

Reserved 

PART II.  

Item 5. 

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities 

The common stock of FBFS is traded on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol “FBIZ”. As of February 6, 2012, there were 422 
registered shareholders of record of FBFS common stock. Certain of the Corporation’s shares are held in “nominee” or “street” name and the 
number of beneficial owners of such shares is approximately 425.  

The following table presents the range of high and low closing sale prices of our common stock for each quarter within the two most recent fiscal 
years, according to information available by NASDAQ, and cash dividends declared for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, 
respectively.  

2011  

st 

nd 

1  Quarter  
2  Quarter  
3  Quarter  
4  Quarter  

rd 

th 

2010  
1  Quarter  
st 
2  Quarter  
3  Quarter  
4  Quarter  

nd 

rd 

th 

High 

Low 

        Dividend Declared   

     $ 

     $ 

13.50         $ 
15.00           
17.23           
17.24           

11.19         $ 
11.48           
13.32           
13.76           

10.47         $ 
11.25           
10.35           
14.90           

9.47         $ 
9.43           
8.67           
8.80           

0.07    
0.07    
0.07    
0.07    

0.07    
0.07    
0.07    
0.07    

The timing and amount of future dividends are at the discretion of the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the Board) and will depend upon 
the consolidated earnings, financial condition, liquidity and capital requirements of the Corporation and its subsidiaries, the amount of cash 
dividends paid to the Corporation by its subsidiaries, applicable government regulations and policies, supervisory actions and other factors 
considered relevant by the Board. Refer to Item 1, Business—Supervision and Regulation for additional discussion regarding the limitations 
on dividends and other capital contributions by the Banks to the Corporation. The Board anticipates it will continue to pay dividends as 
appropriate based on the above factors.  

20  

   
   
   
   
  
     
        
     
     
     
       
       
       
     
     
     
       
       
       
Table of Contents  

The following table summarizes compensation plans under which equity securities of the registrant are authorized for issuance as of 
December 31, 2011.  

Plan category 

Equity Compensation Plan Information 

Number of securities  
to  
be issued upon 
exercise  
of outstanding 
options,  
warrants, and rights.         

Weighted-average  
exercise price of  
outstanding options, 

warrants, and rights         

(a) 

(b) 

Number of  securities  
remaining available for 

future issuance under  
equity compensation  
plans (excluding  
securities reflected in  
column (a)) 
(c) 

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders  

125,034         $ 

22.43           

45,542    

Period 

October 1 – 31, 2011  
November 1 – 30, 2011  
December 1 – 31, 2011  

Issuer Purchases of Securities 

Total Number of  
Shares  
Purchased  
as Part of Publicly 

Approximate  
Dollar Value  of  
Shares that May  
Yet Be Purchased 

Average Price Paid 

Total Number  of  
(1) 
Shares Purchased 

Per Share 

Announced Plans 
or Programs 

Under the Plans  
(2) 
or Programs 

332         $ 
2,733           
—             

15.50           
15.70           
—             

—           $ 
—             
—             

177,150    
177,150    
177,150    

(1)  The shares in this column represent the 3,065 shares that were surrendered to us to satisfy income tax withholding obligations in 

connection with the vesting of restricted shares during the three months ended December 31, 2011. 

(2)  On November 20, 2007, the Corporation publicly announced a stock repurchase program whereby the Corporation would repurchase up to 
approximately $1,000,000 of the Corporation’s outstanding stock. As of December 31, 2011, approximately $177,150 remains available to 
repurchase the Corporation’s outstanding stock. There currently is no expiration date to this stock repurchase program. 

21  

   
   
   
   
   
  
     
 
 
  
  
     
        
        
  
       
  
     
        
 
        
 
        
 
  
       
       
       
Table of Contents  

Item 6. 

Selected Financial Data 

Three Year Comparison of Selected Consolidated Financial Data  

FOR THE YEAR:  
Interest income  
Interest expense  
Net interest income  
Provision for loan and lease losses  
Non-interest income  
Non-interest expense  
Goodwill impairment  
Loss on foreclosed properties  
Income tax expense  
Net income  

Yield on earning assets  
Cost of funds  
Interest rate spread  
Net interest margin  
Return on average assets  
Return on average equity  

ENDING BALANCE SHEET:  
Total assets  
Securities  
Loans and leases, net  
Deposits  
FHLB advances and other borrowings  
Junior subordinated notes  
Stockholders’ equity  

FINANCIAL CONDITION ANALYSIS:  
Allowance for loan and lease losses to year-end loans  
Allowance to non-accrual loans and leases  
Net charge-offs to average loans and leases  
Non-accrual loans to gross loans and leases  
Average equity to average assets  

STOCKHOLDERS’ DATA:  
Basic earnings per common share 
(1) 
Diluted earnings per common share 
(1) 
Book value per share at end of period  
Tangible book value per share at end of period  
Dividend declared per share  
Dividend payout ratio  
Shares outstanding  

     $ 

     $ 

As of and for the Year Ended December 31, 
2011 
2009 
2010 
(Dollars In Thousands, Except Share Data) 

56,217       $ 
20,756         
35,461         
4,250         
7,060         
25,977         
—           
420         
3,449         
8,425       $ 

5.22 %      
2.20         
3.02         
3.29         
0.75         
14.03         

56,626       $ 
24,675         
31,951         
7,044         
6,743         
25,465         
2,689         
206         
2,349         
941       $ 

5.39 %      
2.57         
2.82         
3.04         
0.09         
1.67         

56,356    
28,322    
28,034    
8,225    
6,450    
23,810    
—      
691    
717    
1,041    

5.57 %  
3.03    
2.53    
2.77    
0.10    
1.90    

     $  1,177,165       $  1,107,057       $  1,117,436    
122,286    
839,807    
984,374    
57,515    
10,315    
54,393    

170,386         
836,687         
        1,051,312         
40,292         
10,315         
64,214         

153,379         
860,935         
988,298         
41,504         
10,315         
55,335         

1.66 %      
65.03         
0.74         
2.56         
5.32         

3.23       $ 
3.23         
24.46         
24.46         
0.28         
8.67 %      

1.85 %      
42.37         
0.57         
4.37         
5.11         

0.37       $ 
0.37         
21.30         
21.29         
0.28         
75.68 %      

1.65 %  

50.76    
0.69    
3.26    
5.19    

0.41    
0.41    
21.42    
20.34    
0.28    
68.29 %  

     $ 

        2,625,569          2,597,820          2,539,306    

(1)  Basic and diluted earnings per share reflect earnings per common share as calculated under the two-class method due to the existence of 

participating securities. 

22  

   
   
   
  
     
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
     
  
  
       
      
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
   
  
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
      
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
   
  
      
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
   
  
       
       
       
       
       
       
      
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
   
  
     
  
  
       
       
       
       
       
      
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
   
  
     
  
  
       
       
       
       
       
     
  
  
 
 
       
       
       
       
       
Table of Contents  

Item 7. 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 

Forward-Looking Statements  

When used in this report, and in any oral statements made with the approval of an authorized executive officer, the words or phrases “may,” 
“could,” “should,” “hope,” “might,” “believe,” “expect,” “plan,” “assume,” “intend,” “estimate,” “anticipate,” “project,” “likely,” or similar 
expressions are intended to identify “forward-looking statements.” Such statements are subject to risks and uncertainties, including, without 
limitation, changes in economic conditions in the market area of FBB or FBB – Milwaukee, changes in policies by regulatory agencies, 
fluctuation in interest rates, demand for loans in the market area of FBB or FBB – Milwaukee, borrowers defaulting in the repayment of loans 
and competition. These risks could cause actual results to differ materially from what FBFS has anticipated or projected. These risk factors and 
uncertainties should be carefully considered by our shareholders and potential investors. See Item 1A—Risk Factors for discussion relating to 
risk factors impacting the Corporation. Investors should not place undue reliance on any such forward-looking statements, which speak only as 
of the date made. The factors described within this Form 10-K could affect the financial performance of FBFS and could cause actual results for 
future periods to differ materially from any opinions or statements expressed with respect to future periods.  

Where any such forward-looking statement includes a statement of the assumptions or bases underlying such forward-looking statement, FBFS 
cautions that, while its management believes such assumptions or bases are reasonable and are made in good faith, assumed facts or bases can 
vary from actual results, and the differences between assumed facts or bases and actual results can be material, depending on the circumstances. 
Where, in any forward-looking statement, an expectation or belief is expressed as to future results, such expectation or belief is expressed in 
good faith and believed to have a reasonable basis, but there can be no assurance that the expected result will be achieved or accomplished.  

FBFS does not intend to, and specifically disclaims any obligation to, update any forward-looking statements.  

The following discussion and analysis is intended as a review of significant events and factors affecting the financial condition and results of 
operations of FBFS for the periods indicated. The discussion should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and the 
Notes thereto and the Selected Consolidated Financial Data presented in this Form 10-K.  

Overview  

Our principal business is conducted by FBB and FBB – Milwaukee and certain subsidiaries of FBB and consists of a full range of commercial 
banking products and services tailored to meet the financial service needs of small and medium size businesses, business owners, executives, 
professionals, and high net worth individuals. Products include commercial lending, asset-based lending, equipment financing, trust and 
investment services, treasury management services and a broad range of deposit products. Our operating philosophy is focused on local decision 
making and local client service from each of our primary banking locations in Madison, Brookfield and Appleton, Wisconsin combined with the 
efficiency of centralized administrative functions such as support for information technology, loan support and deposit support, finance and 
accounting and human resources. We believe we have a unique niche business banking model and we consistently operate within this niche. This 
allows us to provide a great deal of expertise in offering financial solutions to our clients with an experienced staff who serve our clients on an 
ongoing basis.  

Beginning in 2008 and continuing through today, the U.S. and world economies have experienced unprecedented changes in the capital and 
credit markets that have adversely affected the U.S. banking industry. The turmoil in the credit and capital markets has adversely impacted real 
estate values, businesses and the demand for credit, and the overall economic climate. Many financial institutions have sought merger partners or 
buyers, been forced to raise additional capital or forced into FDIC receivership by their primary regulator. The U.S. government has instituted 
several programs to stabilize the U.S. financial system and/or stimulate the U.S. economy that, among other things, were directed at increasing 
the capital bases of financial institutions.  

23  

   
Table of Contents  

The economic environment presents significant challenges for us and our industry. We believe that our historic loan and investment policies and 
underwriting practices, which we believe to be conservative, left us relatively well-positioned in the economic climate as compared to many U.S. 
financial institutions.  

Our profitability depends on our ability to execute our strategic plan. Our 2011 strategic plan emphasized improving the overall credit quality of 
our loan and lease portfolio, generating organic growth in our loan and lease portfolios, increasing our market share of in-market core deposits 
and increasing fee income. Given the economic conditions throughout 2010 and 2011, there were limited opportunities to grow the loan and 
lease portfolios of the Banks with appropriate credit quality; however, we have been successful in reducing the amount of our non-performing 
assets, generating in-market core deposits, and increasing fee income. We expect that in 2012 we will continue to focus on improving our asset 
quality as well as increasing full banking relationships with commercial and industrial clients in order to increase our in-market deposits, 
enhance our loan portfolio and grow our non-interest income. We intend to add business development officers as appropriate to continue revenue 
growth and ongoing core earnings improvement. We believe this strategy will create opportunities to capitalize on any economic expansion as 
well as any current disruption to our competitors’ businesses in our core Wisconsin market areas.  

Operational highlights  

• 

• 

• 

   Our total assets increased to $1.177 billion as of December 31, 2011, a 6.3% increase, from $1.107 billion at December 31, 2010. 
The increase was primarily due to growth in our investment portfolio and short-term investments. Securities available for sale 
increased $17.0 million, or 11.1%, to $170.4 million at December 31, 2011 from $153.4 million at December 31, 2010. The increase 
in the investment portfolio was primarily driven by management’s effort to provide an enhanced return on our excess liquidity. 
Short-term investments increased $72.0 million to $113.4 million at December 31, 2011 from $41.4 million at December 31, 2010. 
The majority of our short-term investments are held in an interest bearing account at the Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago. We have 
excess liquidity in part due to our successful efforts to raise in-market deposits and in part due to our declining loan and lease 
portfolio.  

   Our average in market deposits increased $32.8 million, or 6.7%, to $519.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 from 
$486.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2010.  

   Net income for the year ended December 31, 2011 was $8.4 million compared to $941,000 for the year ending December 31, 2010. 
Net income excluding the impact of goodwill impairment for the year ended December 31, 2010 was $3.6 million. The increase in 
net income is attributable to a $3.5 million increase in net interest income and a decrease in provision for loan and lease losses of 
$2.8 million. During the year ended December 31, 2010, specifically in June 2010, we recorded an impairment of goodwill in an 
amount of $2.7 million. The goodwill impairment was an accounting adjustment that did not affect cash flows, liquidity, regulatory 
capital, regulatory capital ratios, or the future operations of our Corporation. Also, the goodwill impairment was not deductible for 
income tax purposes, so there is no income tax benefit associated with the impairment.  

• 

   Diluted earnings per common share for the year ended December 31, 2011 was $3.23 compared to diluted earnings per common 

share for the year ended December 31, 2010 of $0.37. Diluted earnings per share for the year ended December 31, 2010 includes a 
$1.05 per share goodwill impairment charge. Excluding the impairment of goodwill, diluted earnings per common share was $1.42 
for the year ended December 31, 2010.  

• 

• 

   Return on average equity was 14.03% for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to 1.67% for the year ended December 31, 
2010. Excluding the goodwill impairment, return on average equity was 6.46% for the year ended December 31, 2010.  

   Top line revenue, which consists of net interest revenue and non-interest income, increased 9.9% to $42.5 million for the year ended 
December 31, 2011 compared to $38.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2010.  

24  

   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents  

• 

   Our net interest margin increased to 3.29% for the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to 3.04% for the year ended 
December 31, 2010.  

• 

   Provision for loan and lease losses was $4.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to $7.0 million for the year 

ended December 31, 2010. Allowance for loan and lease losses as a percentage of total loans was 1.66% as of December 31, 2011 as 
compared to 1.85% as of December 31, 2010.  

• 

• 

• 

   Net charge-offs as a percentage of average loans was 0.74% for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to 0.57% for the year 
ended December 31, 2010.  

   Non-performing assets as percentage of total assets were 2.04% at December 31, 2011 compared to 3.63% at December 31, 2010.  

   Non-accrual loans and leases decreased approximately $16.6 million, or 43.3%, to $21.8 million as of December 31, 2011 from 
$38.4 million as of December 31, 2010.  

In the bullet points above for the year ended December 31, 2010, we present (1) net income and diluted earnings per share, in each case 
excluding the goodwill impairment and (2) return on average assets and return on average equity, calculated using net income excluding 
goodwill impairment. Each of these presented measures is a non-GAAP measure. We use these measures because we believe they provide 
greater comparability of the financial performance to all periods presented.  

Results of Operations  

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2011 and 2010  

Top Line Revenue . Top line revenue is comprised of net interest income and non-interest income. This measurement is also commonly referred 
to as operating revenue. Top line revenue grew by approximately 9.9% from the prior year. The components of top line revenue were as follows: 

Net interest income  
Non-interest income  
Total top line revenue  

2011 

For the Year Ended December 31, 
2010 
(Dollars In Thousands) 

         Change 

     $ 

     $ 

35,461         $ 
7,060           
42,521         $ 

31,951           
6,743           
38,694           

11.0 %  
4.7    
9.9    

Core Earnings. Core earnings is comprised of our pre-tax income adding back our provision for loan and lease losses, other identifiable costs of 
credit and other discrete items that are unrelated to our core business activities. In our judgment, the presentation of core earnings allows our 
management team, investors and analysts to better assess the growth of our core business by removing the volatility that is associated with costs 
of credit and other discrete items that are unrelated to our core business and facilitates a more streamlined comparison of core growth to our 
benchmark peers. Core earnings is a non-GAAP financial measure that does not represent and should not be considered as an alternative to net 
income derived in accordance with GAAP.  

25  

   
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
     
        
  
  
     
  
       
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
      
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
      
Table of Contents  

Our core earnings metric has improved by 25.1% when comparing the year ended December 31, 2011 to the year ended December 31, 2010.  

Net income before taxes  
Add back:  

Provision for loan and lease losses  
Loss on foreclosed properties  
Goodwill impairment  
Gain on sale of securities  

Core earnings  

2011 

For the Year Ended December 31, 
2010 
(Dollars in Thousands) 

         Change 

     $ 

11,874         $ 

3,290           

260.9 %  

4,250           
420           
—             
—             
16,544         $ 

7,044           
206           
2,689           
—             
13,229           

(39.7 )  
103.9    
(100.0 )  
—      
25.1    

     $ 

Return on Average Equity and Return on Average Assets. Return on average equity for the year ended December 31, 2011 was 14.03% 
compared to 1.67% for the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase in return on average equity was directly related to the increase in net 
income, specifically an increase in net interest income, a reduction in the provision for loan and lease loss and the absence of goodwill 
impairment in the year ended December 31, 2011. The goodwill impairment in 2010 was an accounting adjustment that did not affect cash flows, 
liquidity, regulatory capital, regulatory capital ratios, or the future operations of our Corporation. Management has primarily focused its attention 
on the comparison of return on average equity excluding the $2.7 million goodwill impairment to analyze the improvement in profitability of the 
Corporation from the comparable reporting periods of the prior year. Excluding the $2.7 million goodwill impairment charge, return on equity 
for the year ended December 31, 2010 was 6.46%. We view return on equity as an important measurement for monitoring profitability, and we 
are continuing to focus on improving our return to our shareholders by enhancing the overall profitability of our client relationships, controlling 
our expenses and minimizing our costs of credit.  

Return on average assets for the year ended December 31, 2011 was 0.75% compared to 0.09% for the year ended December 31, 2010. The 
increase in return on average assets was primarily due to the improvement in net income, specifically an increase in net interest income and a 
reduction in the provision for loan and lease loss as well as the absence of goodwill impairment in 2011. Excluding the goodwill impairment, 
return on average assets for the year ended December 31, 2010 was 0.33%.  

See “Operational Highlights” of this section for a discussion of our 2010 net income excluding goodwill impairment, a non-GAAP financial 
measure, used in the above calculation of return on average equity and return of average assets excluding goodwill impairment.  

Net Interest Income. Net interest income is dependent on the amounts of and yields on interest-earning assets as compared to the amounts of 
and rates on interest-bearing liabilities. Net interest income is sensitive to changes in market rates of interest and the asset/liability management 
strategies used by management in responding to such changes.  

26  

   
   
  
     
  
  
     
        
  
  
     
  
     
     
     
       
       
       
       
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
      
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
      
Table of Contents  

The table below provides information with respect to (1) the change in interest income attributable to changes in rate (changes in rate multiplied 
by prior volume), (2) the change in interest income attributable to changes in volume (changes in volume multiplied by prior rate) and (3) the 
change in rate/volume (changes in rate multiplied by changes in volume) for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to the year ended 
December 31, 2010.  

Rate/Volume Analysis  

     $ 

Interest-Earning Assets  
Commercial real estate and other mortgage loans  
Commercial and industrial loans  
Direct financing leases  
Other loans  

Total loans and leases receivable  

Mortgage-related securities  
Investment securities  
FHLB Stock  
Short-term investments  

Total net change in income on interest-earning assets  

Interest-Bearing Liabilities  
Interest-bearing transaction accounts  
Money market  
Certificates of deposit  
Brokered certificates of deposit  

Total deposits  

FHLB advances  
Other borrowings  
Junior subordinated notes  

Total net change in expense on interest-bearing liabilities  
Net change in net interest income  

     $ 

27  

Increase (Decrease) for the Year Ended December 31, 
2011 Compared to 2010 
Rate/  
Volume 

Volume 

Net 

Rate 

(In Thousands) 

593       $ 
(117 )       
(410 )       
57         
123         
787         
—           
—           
(3 )       
907         

(172 )       
457         
(92 )       
195         
388         
(610 )       
138         
—           
(84 )       
991       $ 

(15 )     $ 
(4 )       
15         
10         
6         
(170 )       
8         
—           
—           
(156 )       

36         
(41 )       
30         
(39 )       
(14 )       
(129 )       
11         
—           
(132 )       
(24 )     $ 

(298 )  
518    
(448 )  
168    
(60 )  
(357 )  
10    
2    
(4 )  
(409 )  

(190 )  
166    
(615 )  
(2,993 )  
(3,632 )  
(603 )  
316    
—      
(3,919 )  
3,510    

(876 )     $ 
639         
(53 )       
101         
(189 )       
(974 )       
2         
2         
(1 )       
(1,160 )       

(54 )       
(250 )       
(553 )       
(3,149 )       
(4,006 )       
136         
167         
—           
(3,703 )       
2,543       $ 

   
   
  
     
  
  
     
  
  
     
      
      
      
  
  
     
  
     
   
   
   
       
       
       
      
    
    
  
   
    
    
  
   
    
    
  
   
   
    
  
       
       
       
       
       
      
    
    
  
   
    
    
  
   
    
    
  
   
   
    
  
       
      
    
    
  
   
    
    
  
   
    
    
  
   
   
    
  
     
   
   
   
       
       
       
       
      
    
    
  
   
    
    
  
   
    
    
  
   
   
    
  
       
       
       
       
      
    
    
  
   
    
    
  
   
    
    
  
   
   
    
  
       
      
    
    
  
   
    
    
  
   
    
    
  
   
   
    
  
      
    
    
  
   
    
    
  
   
    
    
  
   
   
    
  
Table of Contents  

The table below shows our average balances, interest, average rates, net interest margin and the spread between combined average rates earned 
on our interest-earning assets and cost of interest-bearing liabilities for the periods indicated. The average balances are derived from average 
daily balances.  

Average  
balance 

2011 

Interest 

For the Year Ended December 31, 

Average  
yield/  
cost 
(Dollars In Thousands) 

Average  
balance 

2010 

Interest 

Average  
yield/  
cost 

(1) 

(2) 

Interest-Earning Assets  
Commercial real estate and other mortgage loans      $ 
Commercial and industrial loans  
Direct financing leases  
Other loans  
Total loans and leases receivable 
Mortgage-related securities 
Investment securities  
Federal Home Loan Bank stock  
Short-term investments  
Total interest-earning assets  
Non-interest-earning assets  
Total assets  
Interest-Bearing Liabilities  
Interest-bearing transaction accounts  
Money market  
Certificates of deposit  
Brokered certificates of deposit  
Total interest-bearing deposits  
FHLB advances  
Other borrowings  
Junior subordinated notes  
Total interest-bearing liabilities  
Demand deposits  
Non-interest-bearing liabilities  
Total liabilities  
Stockholders’ equity  
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity  
Net interest income  
Net interest spread  
Net interest-earning assets  
Net interest margin  
Average interest-earning assets to average 

     $ 

608,665       $ 
219,754         
16,974         
18,591         
863,984         
162,817         
410         
2,367         
48,395         
        1,077,973         
51,078       
     $  1,129,051       

     $ 

25,389         
300,652         
80,323         
486,594         
892,958         
656         
41,488         
10,315         
945,417         
112,899       
10,674       
        1,068,990       
60,061       
     $  1,129,051       

interest-bearing liabilities  

Return on average assets  
Return on average equity  
Average equity to average assets  
Non-interest expense to average assets  

33,192           
16,959           
1,039           
742           
51,932           
4,156           
10           
2           
117           
56,217           

70           
2,971           
1,108           
12,966           
17,115           
38           
2,491           
1,112           
20,756           

33,490           
16,441           
1,487           
574           
51,992           
4,513           
—             
—             
121           
56,626           

260           
2,805           
1,723           
15,959           
20,747           
641           
2,175           
1,112           
24,675           

598,068       $ 
5.45 %    $ 
221,323         
7.72         
23,429         
6.12         
16,914         
3.99         
859,734         
6.01         
138,637         
2.55         
—           
2.36         
2,367         
0.10         
49,878         
0.24         
5.22          1,050,616         
48,813       
  $  1,099,429       

0.28       $ 
0.99         
1.38         
2.66         
1.92         
5.83         
6.00         
10.78         
2.20         

74,784         
258,569         
84,828         
480,709         
898,890         
13,414         
39,010         
10,315         
961,629         
68,430       
13,153       
     1,043,212       
56,217       
  $  1,099,429       

5.60 %  
7.43    
6.35    
3.39    
6.05    
3.26    
—      
—      
0.24    
5.39    

0.35    
1.08    
2.03    
3.32    
2.31    
4.78    
5.58    
10.78    
2.57    

2.82 %  

3.04 %  

  $ 

35,461         

  $ 

31,951         

132,556       

114.02 %    
0.75       
14.03       
5.32       
2.34       

3.02 %    

  $ 

88,987       

3.29 %    

109.25 %    
0.09       
1.67       
5.11       
2.58       

(1)  The average balances of loans and leases include non-performing loans and leases. Interest income related to non-performing loans and 

leases is recognized when collected. 

(2) 

Includes amortized cost of basis of assets held and available for sale. 

Net interest income increased by $3.5 million, or 11.0%, during the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to the same period in 2010. The 
increase in net interest income is primarily attributable to favorable rate variances from lower cost of deposits. The Federal Reserve held interest 
rates constant throughout 2010 and 2011. Therefore the majority of the increase in net interest income associated with rate variances was caused 
by pricing deposits commensurate with current market conditions and demand along with replacing higher yielding maturing brokered 
certificates of deposits at lower current market rates.  

28  

   
   
   
   
  
     
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
        
  
  
  
  
        
  
  
     
  
     
  
     
  
  
     
       
       
       
      
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
      
  
   
    
  
  
    
    
  
      
 
       
 
       
       
       
       
      
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
      
  
   
    
  
  
    
    
  
      
       
     
    
     
      
    
    
  
  
      
  
   
    
  
  
      
     
     
      
    
    
  
  
      
  
   
    
  
  
      
     
  
     
  
  
     
       
       
       
      
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
      
  
   
    
  
  
    
    
  
      
       
       
       
       
      
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
      
  
   
    
  
  
    
    
  
      
       
       
     
    
     
       
     
    
     
      
    
    
  
  
      
  
   
    
  
  
      
     
     
       
     
    
     
      
    
    
  
  
      
  
   
    
  
  
      
     
     
      
    
    
  
  
      
  
   
    
  
  
      
     
  
      
  
    
    
  
      
  
  
    
    
  
      
     
  
       
  
       
     
     
      
    
    
  
  
      
  
   
    
  
  
      
     
  
       
  
       
       
     
    
     
       
     
    
     
       
     
    
     
       
     
    
     
       
     
    
     
Table of Contents  

The yield on average earning assets for the year ended December 31, 2011 was 5.22% compared to 5.39% for the year ended December 31, 
2010. The yield on average earning assets was negatively affected by the declining interest rates associated with our investment portfolio. We 
have invested in collateralized mortgage obligations with structured cash flow payments. The cash flows generated from these expected 
prepayments are reinvested in additional collateralized mortgage obligations or tax-exempt municipal obligations. Given the continued low 
interest rate environment, the overall coupon on new security purchases has typically been lower than the rates on securities that experience 
prepayments. This has caused the investment yield to decline by approximately 71 basis points. The total loans and leases receivable yield was 
6.01% for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to 6.05% for the year ended December 31, 2010. A significant portion of our loan 
portfolio is either fixed rate in nature or subject to interest rate floors. Interest rate floors provide protection to our margin in periods of declining 
or stable low interest rate environments. The various loan and lease portfolio yields are influenced by pricing and mix of the loan and leases.  

The overall weighted average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities was 2.20% for the year ended December 31, 2011, a decrease of 37 basis 
points from 2.57% for the year ended December 31, 2010. The decrease in the overall rate on the interest-bearing liabilities was primarily caused 
by the replacement of maturing certificates of deposits, including brokered certificates of deposits, at lower current market rates and a lower rate 
paid on our money market accounts. The continued low rate environment coupled with our maturity structure of our brokered certificate of 
deposit portfolio has provided us the opportunity to manage our liability structure in both terms of composition and rate to assist in providing an 
enhanced net interest margin.  

Net interest margin increased 25 basis points to 3.29% for the year ended December 31, 2011 from 3.04% for the year ended December 31, 
2010. The improvement in net interest margin correlates with a 20 basis point increase in the net interest rate spread coupled with an increase in 
the value of the net free funds. Average demand deposits increased $44.5 million to $112.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 
compared to $68.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. This increase is partially caused by the change in the regulations for which 
these types of accounts qualify for unlimited FDIC insurance coverage.  

Provision for Loan and Lease Losses. The provision for loan and lease losses totaled $4.3 million and $7.0 million for the years ended 
December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Our provision for loan and lease losses is dependent on credit quality and determined based upon the 
inherent credit risk and other subjective factors pursuant to our allowance for loan and lease loss methodology, the magnitude of net charge-offs 
recorded in the period and the amount of reserves established for impaired loans that present collateral shortfall positions. To establish the 
appropriate level of the allowance for loan and lease losses, we regularly review our historical charge-off migration analysis and an analysis of 
the current level and trend of several factors that we believe may indicate losses in the four primary segments of our loan and lease portfolio. 
These factors include delinquencies, volume, average size, average risk rating, technical defaults, unemployment rates, geographic 
concentrations, industry concentrations, loans and leases on internal monitoring reports, experience in the credit granting functions, changes in 
underwriting standards, and level of non-performing assets and related fair value of underlying collateral. While we made no significant changes 
to our loan and lease underwriting standards in 2011 or 2010, continued current economic conditions have caused us to maintain additional rigor 
to our underwriting and monitoring processes.  

During the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, the factors influencing the provision for loan and lease losses were the following:  

Changes in the provision for loan and lease losses associated with:  
Establishment/modification of specific reserves on impaired loans, net  
Subjective factor changes  
Charge-offs in excess of specific reserves  
Recoveries  
Change in inherent risk of the loan and lease portfolio  
Total provision for loan and lease losses  

29  

For the year ended  
December 31, 

2011 

2010 

     $ 

     $ 

(365 )     $ 
62         
5,025         
(864 )       
392         
4,250       $ 

3,323    
213    
3,499    
(313 )  
322    
7,044    

   
   
  
     
  
  
     
      
  
     
   
       
       
       
       
      
   
    
  
   
   
    
  
      
   
    
  
   
   
    
  
Table of Contents  

The establishment/modification of specific reserves on impaired loans represents new specific reserves established on impaired loans where, 
although collateral shortfalls are present, we believe that we will be able to recover our principal and/or it represents the release of previously 
established reserves that are no longer required. Charge-offs in excess of specific reserves represents an additional provision for loan and lease 
losses required to maintain the allowance for loan and leases at a level deemed appropriate by management. This amount is net of the release of 
any specific reserve that may have already been provided. Charge-offs in excess of specific reserves can occur in situations where 1) a loan has 
previously been partially written down to its estimated fair value and continues to decline, 2) rapid deterioration of a credit requires an 
immediate partial or full charge-off, or 3) the specific reserve was not adequate to cover the amount of the required charge-off. Change in the 
inherent risk of the portfolio can be influenced by growth or migration in and out of an impaired loan classification where a specific evaluation 
of a particular credit may be required rather than the application of a general reserve ratio. Refer to Asset Quality for further information 
regarding the overall credit quality of our loan and lease portfolio.  

Refer to Financial Condition—Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses for further information.  

Non-Interest Income. Non-interest income, consisting primarily of fees earned for trust and investment services, service charges on deposits, 
loan fee income and income from bank-owned life insurance, increased by $317,000, or 4.7%, to $7.1 million for the year ended December 31, 
2011, from $6.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2010.  

Trust and investment services fee income increased by $198,000, or 8.5%, to $2.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to 
$2.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. Trust and investment services fee income is driven by the amount of assets under 
management and administration and can be positively or negatively influenced by the timing and magnitude of volatility within the equity 
markets.  

At December 31, 2011, our trust assets under management grew 33.4%, to $532.6 million from $399.4 million at December 31, 2010 while our 
assets under administration totaling $129.7 million at December 31, 2011 remained relatively flat compared to $127.5 million at December 31, 
2010. The growth in the assets under management is primarily due to establishing new relationships. A significant amount of this growth 
occurred during the fourth quarter of 2011, when a large client utilized our expertise in handling a substantial transaction as part of its business 
succession plan. Similar to the other areas within our Corporation, we focus on obtaining and managing larger than average client relationships. 
Our assets under management and administration can be influenced by the addition or loss of a client relationship.  

In 2012, we expect to continue to increase our assets under management, but we also expect that assets under management and trust and 
investment services fee income will continue to be affected by market volatility for the foreseeable future.  

Loan fees increased by approximately $243,000, or 19.6%, to $1.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 from $1.2 million for the year 
ended December 31, 2010. Loan fees represent non-deferrable fees earned on loan activity and the revenue generated through the collateral audit 
process we perform to ensure the integrity of the collateral associated with our asset-based loans. The increase in loan fees was primarily related 
to additional collateral audits performed and additional other asset based loan fees collected.  

Other non-interest income decreased by $181,000, or 29.3%, to $436,000 for the year ended December 31, 2011 from $617,000 for the year 
ended December 31, 2010 primarily due to a decrease in the volume and magnitude of gains associated with lease end termination activity in the 
comparable periods.  

Non-Interest Expense. Non-interest expense decreased by $2.0 million, or 6.9%, to $26.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 from 
$28.4 million for the comparable period of 2010, primarily due to the absence of goodwill impairment in 2011, a decrease in FDIC insurance 
costs, and a decrease in collateral liquidation costs partially offset by increases in compensation expense, loss on foreclosed properties, and 
marketing expenses.  

In June 2010, we recorded an impairment of goodwill of $2.7 million as we concluded at that time that the implied fair value of our reporting 
unit’s goodwill was less than the current carrying value of the reporting unit’s goodwill. We wrote-off the entire carrying value of the goodwill 
in 2010.  

30  

   
Table of Contents  

FDIC insurance expense decreased by $644,000, or 20.6%, to $2.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to $3.1 million for 
the year ended December 31, 2010. Effective April 1, 2011, the FDIC amended the Federal Deposit Insurance Act to implement revisions 
required by the Dodd-Frank Act, including, among other changes, modifying the definition of an institution’s deposit insurance assessment base 
from a deposit-based calculation to an average assets less average tangible equity-based calculation and changing the assessment rate 
adjustments. This amendment resulted in a reduced FDIC insurance cost for our Banks.  

Collateral liquidation costs decreased by $381,000, or 32.6%, to $786,000 for the year ended December 31, 2011 from $1.2 million for the year 
ended December 31, 2011. Collateral liquidation costs are expenses incurred by us to facilitate resolution of impaired commercial loans. The 
amount of collateral liquidation costs recorded in any particular period are influenced by the timing and level of effort required for each 
individual loan. Our ability to recoup these costs from our clients is uncertain and therefore we have expensed them as incurred through our 
consolidated results of operations. To the extent we are successful in recouping these expenses from our clients; the recovery of expense is 
shown as a net reduction to this line item.  

Compensation expense increased by $1.6 million, or 12.1%, to $14.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 from $13.3 million for the 
year ended December 31, 2010. The overall increase in compensation expense was primarily caused by an additional accrual to record the 
appropriate level of compensation expense arising from our non-equity incentive compensation program. Based upon established targets for 
2011, we have accrued for a higher level of performance in the program’s established criteria as compared to the prior year. Merit increases and 
additional expense associated with our employer provided health insurance plans also contributed to the increase in compensation expense.  

During the year ended December 31, 2011, we recognized a net loss on foreclosed properties of $420,000 compared to a loss of $206,000 for the 
year ended December 31, 2010. We continue to experience further declines in real estate values and as a result we recorded impairment 
adjustments totaling $621,000 for the year ended December 31, 2011. Partially offsetting the valuation adjustments for foreclosed properties is 
the recognition of gains totaling $201,000 on properties that we have sold to independent third parties. As of December 31, 2011, we believe that 
foreclosed properties are recorded at their estimated fair value, less estimated costs to sell. We are active in pursuing appropriate foreclosure 
actions to further protect of our interest in identified impaired loans. We continue to expect an elevated level of foreclosed properties owned by 
us for the foreseeable future and the level of impairment adjustments or potential future losses on disposals of properties is uncertain.  

Marketing expense increased by $245,000, or 32.7%, to $994,000 for the year ended December 31, 2011 from $749,000 for the year ended 
December 31, 2010. The increase in marketing expense was a direct result of the timing associated with the execution of certain marketing 
strategies and a renewed corporate-wide marketing effort.  

Income Taxes. Income tax expense was $3.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to $2.3 million, for the year ended 
December 31, 2010. The overall increase in tax expense is primarily due to the increased level of pre-tax income in comparison to the prior year, 
when taking into consideration the non-deductibility of goodwill in 2010. The effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2011 was 
29.1%. The impact of discrete items recorded during the year provided a net benefit of approximately 5.6%. Discrete items primarily consist of 
the release of valuation allowance and additional state expense recognized as a result of the completed filings of our state income tax returns. 
Refer to Note 15—Income Taxes in the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information. In June 2011, FBB and FBCC entered into a 
confidential settlement with the Wisconsin Department of Revenue. This settlement did not result in a liability materially different than that 
which had been previously accrued. In addition, on June 26, 2011, the State of Wisconsin 2011-2013 Budget Bill, Assembly Bill 40, was signed 
into law. The bill provides that, starting with the first tax year beginning after December 31, 2011, and thereafter for the next 19 years, a 
combined group member that has pre-2009 net business loss carryforwards can, after first using such net business loss carryforwards to offset its 
own income for the taxable year and after using shared losses, use up to five percent of the pre-2009 net business loss carryforwards to offset the 
Wisconsin income of other group members on a proportionate basis. The net business losses can be used to the extent the income is attributable 
to the group’s unitary business. If loss carryforwards equal to the five-percent threshold cannot be fully used in any tax year, the remainder can 
be added to the portion that may offset the Wisconsin income of all other combined group members in a subsequent year in the twenty-year 
period, until those carryforwards are completely used or expired. We evaluated the potential utilization of the outstanding Wisconsin net 
operating losses under the provisions of this new law and determined that it is more likely than not the net operating losses will be realized. As a 
result, we released the valuation allowance previously associated with these net operating losses.  

31  

   
Table of Contents  

During the year ended December 31, 2010, we recorded a goodwill impairment of $2.7 million. The goodwill impairment is treated as a 
permanent difference and is not deductible for income tax purposes which created a significant tax expense in relation to the pre-tax income.  

Financial Condition  
December 31, 2011  

General. At December 31, 2011 our total assets were $1.177 billion, an increase of $70.1 million, or 6.3%, from $1.107 billion at December 31, 
2010.  

Short-term investments. Short-term investments increased by $72.0 million to $113.4 million at December 31, 2011 from $41.4 million at 
December 31, 2010. Our short-term investments primarily consist of interest-bearing deposits held at the FRB. The level of our short-term 
investments will be influenced by the timing of deposit gathering, scheduled maturities of brokered deposits, funding of loan growth when 
opportunities are presented, and the level of our available-for-sale securities portfolio. We value the safety and soundness provided by the FRB 
and therefore we incorporate short-term investments in our on-balance sheet liquidity program. Please refer to Liquidity and Capital Resources 
for further discussion.  

Securities. Securities available-for-sale increased by $17.0 million to $170.4 million at December 31, 2011 from $153.4 million at December 31, 
2010, primarily due to purchases of collateralized mortgage obligations issued by government agencies, primarily GNMA, purchases of tax-
exempt municipal obligations and increases in market valuation on the portfolio of securities we hold. All of our securities are classified as 
available-for-sale and carried at fair value with unrealized gains and losses, net of tax, reported as a component of comprehensive income. We 
did not hold any securities designated as held-to-maturity or trading as of December 31, 2011 and 2010.  

Our available-for-sale portfolio primarily consists of collateralized mortgage obligations and is used to provide an additional source of liquidity, 
while contributing to the earnings of the Banks. We purchase investment securities intended to protect our net interest margin while maintaining 
an acceptable risk profile. Mortgage-related securities, including collateralized mortgage obligations, are subject to risks based upon the future 
performance of underlying mortgage loans for these securities. The overall credit risk associated with these investments as it relates to our 
investment portfolio is minimal as we primarily purchase investments which are guaranteed by GNMA. We may also purchase securities insured 
by the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (FHLMC) or Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA). In addition, we believe 
collateralized mortgage obligations represent attractive investments due to the wide variety of maturity and repayment characteristics that allow 
us to better match our liability structure. Of the total available-for-sale mortgage securities we held at December 31, 2011, $165.4 million, or 
97.1%, were issued by GNMA. None of the securities within our portfolio are collateralized by sub-prime mortgages. We do not hold any 
FHLMC or FNMA preferred stock. GNMA securities are guaranteed by the U.S. federal government and provide favorable capital treatment. In 
2011, we began purchasing tax-exempt municipal obligations. The addition of tax-exempt municipal securities to our investment portfolio 
provides for further opportunity to improve the overall yield of our investment portfolio. We evaluate the credit risk of the municipal obligations 
prior to purchase and limit our exposure of obligations to general obligation issuances from municipalities primarily in Wisconsin. As we 
evaluate the level of on-balance sheet liquidity, we may in the future, purchase other types of investments as permitted by our investment policy. 
Such investments will be subject to credit worthiness and yields appropriate for the risk assumed.  

There were no sales of securities during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010.  

Risks associated with our mortgage related securities portfolio are prepayment risk, extension risk and interest rate risk. Should general interest 
rates decline, the mortgage-related securities portfolio would be subject to prepayments caused by borrowers seeking lower financing rates. 
Conversely, an increase in general interest rates could cause the mortgage-related securities portfolio to be subject to a longer term to maturity 
caused by borrowers being less likely to prepay their loans. Such a rate increase could also cause the fair value of the mortgage related securities 
portfolio to decline. Given the economic environment and current elevated foreclosure rates, prepayment activities have become less predictable. 

32  

   
Table of Contents  

Investment objectives are formed to meet liquidity requirements and generate a favorable return on investments without compromising other 
business objectives and levels of interest rate risk and credit risk. Consideration is also given to investment portfolio concentrations. Federal and 
state chartered banks are allowed to invest in various types of assets, including U.S. Treasury obligations, securities of various federal agencies, 
state and municipal obligations, mortgage-related securities, certain time deposits of insured financial institutions, repurchase agreements, loans 
of federal funds, and, subject to certain limits, corporate debt and equity securities, commercial paper and mutual funds. Our investment policy 
provides that we will not engage in any practice that the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council considers an unsuitable investment 
practice. These objectives are formalized and documented in our investment policy which is approved by the Banks’ Boards of Directors (Bank 
Boards) on an annual basis. Management, as authorized by the Boards, implements this policy. The Boards review investment activity on a 
monthly basis.  

At December 31, 2011, $19.6 million of our mortgage-related securities were pledged to secure our various obligations including outstanding 
advances with the FHLB and interest rate swap contracts or to secure unused borrowing capacity with the FHLB.  

The table below sets forth information regarding the amortized cost and fair values of our investments and mortgage-related securities at the 
dates indicated.  

Securities available-for-sale  
Municipal obligations  
Collateralized mortgage obligations – government agencies  
Collateralized mortgage obligations – government sponsored enterprises  

As of December 31, 

2011 

2010 

     Amortized cost          Fair value 

        Amortized cost          Fair value 

(In Thousands) 

     $ 

     $ 

2,736         $ 
161,443           
2,169           
166,348         $ 

2,831         $ 
165,401           
2,154           
170,386         $ 

—           $ 
149,948           
591           
150,539         $ 

—      
152,776    
603    
153,379    

The following table sets forth the contractual maturity and weighted average yield characteristics of the fair value of our debt securities at 
December 31, 2011, classified by remaining contractual maturity. Actual maturities may differ from contractual maturities because issuers have 
the right to call or prepay obligations without call or prepayment penalties. Yields on tax-exempt obligations have not been computed on tax 
equivalent basis.  

Available-for-sale  
Municipal obligations  
Collateralized mortgage obligations – government agencies  
Collateralized mortgage obligations – government sponsored enterprises  

   Less than One Year    
Weighted 

   One to Five Years    
Weighted 

   Five to Ten Years    
Weighted 

   Balance     

Average  
Yield 

   Balance     

Average  
Yield 

Average  
Yield 

  Balance     
(Dollars In Thousands) 

   Over Ten Years 

Weighted 

Average  
Yield 

   Balance     

   Total    

  $  —          
—          
—          
  $  —          

—   %    $  —          
—           
316        
—            —          
316      
—         $ 

—   %    $  2,364        
5.14          1,072        
—            2,154        
  $  5,590      

2.35 %    $ 
467        
3.28         164,013        
1.73          —          

  $ 164,480      

2.62 %    $  2,831    
2.89 %      165,401    
2,154    
—           
  $ 170,386    

Derivative Activities. The Banks’ investment policies allow the Banks to participate in hedging strategies or use financial futures, options or 
forward commitments or interest rate swaps with prior Board approval. The Banks utilize, from time to time, derivative instruments in the course 
of their asset/liability management. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Banks did not hold any derivative instruments that were designated 
as cash flow or fair value hedges. The derivative portfolio consists primarily of interest rate swaps offered directly to qualified commercial 
borrowers which allowed the Banks to provide a fixed rate alternative to their clients while mitigating interest rate risk by keeping a variable rate 
loan in their portfolios. The Banks economically hedge client derivative transactions by entering into equal and offsetting interest rate swap 
contracts executed with dealer counterparties. The economic hedge with the dealer counterparties allows the Banks to primarily offset the fixed 
rate interest rate risk. Derivative transactions executed through this program are not designated as accounting hedge relationships and are 
marked-to market through earnings each period.  

33  

   
   
   
  
     
  
  
     
        
  
  
  
  
     
  
     
     
     
     
       
       
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
    
    
  
  
  
    
   
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
    
   
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
    
    
  
Table of Contents  

As of December 31, 2011, the aggregate amortizing notional value of interest rate swaps with various commercial borrowers was approximately 
$53.7 million. We receive fixed rates and pay floating rates based upon LIBOR on the swaps with commercial borrowers. These swaps mature 
between August 2013 and October 2021. At December 31, 2011, the fair value of the swaps with commercial borrowers was approximately $3.4 
million and was included in accrued interest receivable and other assets. On the offsetting swap contracts with dealer counterparties, we pay 
fixed rates and receive floating rates based upon LIBOR. These interest rate swaps mature between August 2013 and October 2021. Dealer 
counterparty swaps were reported on our balance sheet as a net derivative liability of $3.4 million due to master netting and settlement contracts 
with dealer counterparties and is included in accrued interest payable and other liabilities as of December 31, 2011.  

Loans and Leases Receivable. We principally originate commercial and industrial loans and commercial real estate loans. The overall mix of 
our portfolio has remained consistent in 2011 when compared to 2010 with approximately 70% of our loan and lease portfolio concentrated in 
commercial real estate loans primarily in our owner occupied and non-owner occupied classes. Commercial real estate lending typically involves 
larger loan principal amounts than that for residential mortgage loans or consumer loans. The repayment of these loans generally is dependent on 
sufficient income from the properties securing the loans to cover operating expenses and debt service. Payments on loans secured by commercial 
real estate are often dependent upon the successful operation and management of the properties; therefore, repayment of these loans may be 
affected by factors outside the borrower’s control, including adverse conditions in the real estate market or the economy. In the event that the 
cash flow from the property is reduced, the borrower’s ability to repay the loan could be impacted. The deterioration of one or more of these 
loans could cause a significant increase in our percentage of non-performing loans. An increase in non-performing loans results in a loss of 
earnings from these loans and could result in an increase in the provision for loan and lease loss and an increase in charge-offs, all of which 
could have a material adverse impact on our net income.  

Total net loans and leases receivable decreased by $24.2 million, or 2.8% to $836.7 million at December 31, 2011 from $860.9 at December 31, 
2010. We are seeing demand for new loans and leases; however, our new loan and lease growth is primarily offset by the contractual 
amortization of our existing portfolio and a reduction of non-accrual loans and leases. As discussed in more detail in the Non-Performing 
Assets section , non-accrual loans and leases declined by $16.6 million, or 43.3%, primarily due to non-accrual loans and leases being either 
partially or fully paid off from other sources, including refinancing from other financial institutions, or partially or fully charged-off. This is a 
positive decline in our overall portfolio which resulted in improved overall asset quality of our loan and lease portfolio which further leads to 
lower loan loss provision expense and lower required allowance for loan loss reserves.  

The economic environment continues to present challenges; specifically, the demand for loans from qualified prospects continues to be weak. 
We have also experienced greater competition as banks operating in our primary geographic area attempt to deploy excess liquidity. We remain 
committed to our underwriting standards and will not deviate from those standards for the sole purpose of growing our loan and lease activity to 
be lower than we have experienced in our past and my not be sufficient to replace normal amortization and potential disposition of non-
performing loans.  

A key component to our loan origination process is credit underwriting through a committee. Business development officers generally have 
relatively low individual lending authority limits, therefore requiring that a significant portion of our new credit extensions be approved through 
various committees depending on the type of loan or lease, amount of the credit, and the related complexities of each proposal. We believe the 
diligence involved in our underwriting, credit approval and loan monitoring processes provides for strong controls to minimize the deterioration 
of the quality of the loan and lease portfolio. We believe the early detection of problems results in greater opportunity for us to mitigate our risk 
of loss. However, we continue to face credit risk as macro-economic and political developments impact and may continue to impact the banking 
industry and the welfare of our clients.  

34  

   
Table of Contents  

Loan Portfolio Composition. The following table presents information concerning the composition of the Banks’ consolidated loans and leases 
held for investment at the dates indicated.  

      Amount 

2011 

Percent of  
Total 

As of December 31, 
2010 

   Amount 

Percent of  
Total 
(Dollars In Thousands) 

2009 

Percent of  
Total 

   Amount 

Commercial real estate loans:  
Owner occupied  
Non-owner occupied  
Construction and land development  
Multi-family  
1-4 family  
Total commercial real estate loans  

Commercial and industrial loans  

Direct financing leases, net  

Other loans:  
Home equity and second mortgage  
Other  
Total other loans  

Gross loans and leases receivable  

Contras to loans and leases:  
Allowance for loan and lease losses  
Deferred loan fees  

     $ 

150,528         
304,597         
38,124         
43,905         
43,513         
580,667         

17.68 %    $ 
35.77         
4.48         
5.16         
5.11         
68.20         

152,560         
307,307         
61,645         
43,012         
53,849         
618,373         

17.38 %    $ 
35.00         
7.02         
4.90         
6.13         
70.43         

170,477         
271,329         
64,194         
43,959         
56,131         
606,090         

19.95 %  
31.75    
7.51    
5.14    
6.58    
70.93    

237,099         

27.84         

225,921         

25.73         

199,661         

23.66    

17,128         

2.01         

19,288         

2.20         

27,607         

3.24    

4,970         
11,682         
16,652         

0.58         
1.37         
1.95         

5,091         
9,315         
14,406         

0.58         
1.06         
1.64         

7,879         
13,260         
21,139         

0.92    
1.55    
2.47    

851,546         

100.00 %      

877,988         

100.00 %      

854,497         

100.00 %  

(14,155 )     
(704 )     

(16,271 )     
(782 )     

(14,124 )     
(566 )     

Loans and leases receivable, net  

     $ 

836,687       

  $ 

860,935       

  $ 

839,807       

The following table shows the scheduled contractual maturities of the Banks’ consolidated gross loans and leases held for investment, as well as 
the dollar amount of such loans and leases which are scheduled to mature after one year which have fixed or adjustable interest rates, as of 
December 31, 2011.  

Amounts Due 

In One Year  
or Less 

After One  
Year  through  
Five Years 

Interest terms on amounts due  
after one year 

After Five  
Years 

Total 

         Fixed Rate 

         Variable Rate    

(In Thousands) 

Commercial real estate  
Owner-occupied  
Non-owner occupied  
Construction and land development  
Multi-family  
1-4 family  

Commercial and industrial  
Direct Financing Leases  
Other  

     $ 

     $ 

28,094         $ 
79,180           
20,717           
16,535           
18,649           
80,444           
3,201           
6,955           
253,775         $ 

90,124         $ 
164,470           
14,176           
19,402           
22,245           
136,459           
11,417           
9,306           
467,599         $ 

32,310         $ 
60,947           
3,231           
7,968           
2,619           
20,196           
2,510           
391           
130,172         $ 

150,528         $ 
304,597           
38,124           
43,905           
43,513           
237,099           
17,128           
16,652           
851,546         $ 

87,057         $ 
167,795           
11,823           
20,156           
22,446           
35,847           
13,927           
8,677           
367,728         $ 

35,377    
57,622    
5,584    
7,214    
2,418    
120,808    
—      
1,020    
230,043    

Commercial Real Estate Loans. The Banks originate owner occupied and non-owner occupied commercial real estate loans which have fixed 
or adjustable rates and generally terms of up to five years and amortizations of up to twenty-five years on existing commercial real estate and 
new construction. The Banks also originate loans to construct commercial properties and complete land development projects.  

35  

   
   
   
  
     
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
  
      
  
      
  
  
     
  
     
   
  
   
  
   
       
       
       
       
      
    
    
  
   
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
   
   
    
  
  
    
    
  
   
    
   
  
       
      
    
    
  
   
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
   
   
    
  
  
    
    
  
   
    
   
  
       
       
     
   
  
   
  
   
       
       
      
    
    
  
   
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
   
   
    
  
  
    
    
  
   
    
   
  
       
      
    
    
  
   
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
   
   
    
  
  
    
    
  
   
    
   
  
       
      
   
    
    
  
  
   
   
    
  
  
   
    
   
  
     
   
  
   
  
   
       
    
    
       
    
    
      
    
    
  
   
  
    
    
  
   
  
    
    
  
   
      
    
    
  
   
  
    
    
  
   
  
    
    
  
   
  
     
        
  
  
     
        
        
        
  
     
  
     
     
     
     
     
     
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
Table of Contents  

The Banks’ construction loans generally have terms of six to 24 months with fixed or adjustable interest rates and fees that are due at the time of 
origination. Loan proceeds are disbursed in increments as construction progresses and as project inspections warrant. Multi-family loans are 
primarily secured by apartment buildings and are mostly located in Dane and Waukesha counties. One to four family first mortgage loans are 
generally secured by single family homes that are held for investment by our clients.  

Commercial and Industrial Loans. The Banks’ commercial and industrial loan portfolio is comprised of loans for a variety of purposes which 
principally are secured by inventory, accounts receivable, equipment, machinery and other corporate assets and are advanced within limits 
prescribed by our loan policy. The majority of such loans are secured and typically backed by personal guarantees of the owners of the 
borrowing business.  

Of the $237.1 million of commercial and industrial loans, including asset based loans, outstanding as of December 31, 2011; $113.3 million 
were originated by FBCC, our asset-based lending subsidiary. These asset-based loans are typically secured by the borrower’s accounts 
receivable and inventory. Asset-based borrowers are usually highly leveraged and/or have inconsistent historical earnings. Therefore, these loans 
generally have higher interest rates, non-origination fees collected in lieu of interest and are accompanied by close monitoring of assets. Asset-
based loans secured by owner-occupied real estate amounted to $14.2 million as of December 31, 2011 and are included in the owner-occupied 
commercial real estate loan portfolio.  

Leases. Leases initiated through First Business Equipment Finance (FBEF) are originated with a fixed rate and typically a term of seven years or 
less. It is customary in the leasing industry to provide 100% financing, however, FBEF will, from time-to-time, require a down payment or lease 
deposit to provide a credit enhancement. All equipment leases must have an additional insured endorsement and a loss payable clause in the 
interest of FBEF and must carry sufficient physical damage and liability insurance.  

FBEF leases machinery and equipment to clients under leases which qualify as direct financing leases for financial reporting and as operating 
leases for income tax purposes. Under the direct financing method of accounting, the minimum lease payments to be received under the lease 
contract, together with the estimated unguaranteed residual value (approximating 3 to 20% of the cost of the related equipment), are recorded as 
lease receivables when the lease is signed and the lease property is delivered to the client. The excess of the minimum lease payments and 
residual values over the cost of the equipment is recorded as unearned lease income. Unearned lease income is recognized over the term of the 
lease on a basis which results in a level rate of return on the unrecovered lease investment. Lease payments are recorded when due under the 
lease contract. Residual value is the estimated fair market value of the equipment on lease at lease termination. In estimating the equipment’s fair 
value, FBEF relies on historical experience by equipment type and manufacturer, published sources of used equipment pricing, internal 
evaluations and, where available, valuations by independent appraisers, adjusted for known trends.  

Other Loans. The Banks originate a small amount of consumer loans consisting of home equity, second mortgage, credit card and other 
personal loans for professional and executive clients of the Banks.  

36  

   
   
Table of Contents  

Non-performing Assets. Our non-accrual loans and other non-performing assets consisted of the following at December 31, 2011 and 2010.  

Non-accrual loans and leases  
Commercial real estate:  

Commercial real estate – owner occupied  
Commercial real estate – non-owner occupied  
Construction and land development  
Multi-family  
1-4 family  

Total non-accrual commercial real estate  

Commercial and industrial  
Direct financing leases, net  

Other:  

Home equity and second mortgage  
Other  

Total non-accrual other loans  

Total non-accrual loans and leases  
Foreclosed properties, net  
Total non-performing assets  
Performing troubled debt restructurings  

Total non-accrual loans and leases to gross loans and leases  
Total non-performing assets to total assets  
Allowance for loan and lease losses to gross loans and leases  
Allowance for loan and lease losses to non-accrual loans and leases  

2011 

December 31, 
2010 
(Dollars In Thousands) 

2009 

     $ 

2,972       $ 
2,249         
7,229         
2,009         
3,506         
17,965         

6,283       $ 
5,144         
9,275         
4,186         
4,237         
29,125         

7,996    
486    
3,317    
1,760    
3,015    
16,574    

1,558         
18         

6,436         
—           

7,086    
1    

1,002         
1,223         
2,225         

939         
1,906         
2,845         

21,766         
2,236         
24,002       $ 
111       $ 

38,406         
1,750         
40,156       $ 
718       $ 

     $ 
     $ 

872    
3,292    
4,164    

27,825    
1,671    
29,496    
—      

2.56 %      
2.04         
1.66         
65.03         

4.37 %      
3.63         
1.85         
42.37         

3.26 %  
2.64    
1.65    
50.76    

As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, $13.3 million and $18.7 million of the non-accrual loans are considered troubled debt restructurings, 
respectively. As noted in the above table, non-performing assets consisted of non-accrual loans and leases and foreclosed properties totaling 
$24.0 million, or 2.56% of total assets, as of December 31, 2011, a decrease in non-performing assets of 40.2%, or $16.2 million, from 
December 31, 2010. The improvement in asset quality is attributable to several factors including a significant reduction in our non-accrual 
portfolio by way of reducing outstanding balances due to borrowers obtaining alternative sources of funds or through borrower initiated sale of 
underlying collateral, continued payment collections that have been applied directly to principal, and the result of the recognition of further 
charge-offs given valuations of underlying collateral for collateral dependent loans.  

A summary of our current period non-accrual loan and lease activity is as follows (In Thousands):  

Non-accrual loans and leases as of December 31, 2010  
Loans and leases transferred into non-accrual status  
Non-accrual loans and leases returned to accrual status  
Non-accrual loans and leases transferred to foreclosed properties  
Non-accrual loans and leases partially or fully charged-off  
Cash received and applied to principal of non-accrual loans and leases  
Non-accrual loans and leases as of December 31, 2011  

37  

     $ 

     $ 

38,406    
13,078    
(715 )  
(3,119 )  
(7,158 )  
(18,726 )  
21,766    

   
   
   
  
     
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
     
  
  
     
  
  
       
       
       
       
      
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
   
  
       
      
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
   
  
       
       
     
  
  
       
       
      
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
   
  
       
      
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
   
  
       
       
      
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
   
  
      
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
   
  
      
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
   
  
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
      
   
    
  
      
   
    
  
Table of Contents  

We continue to actively monitor the credit quality of our loan and lease portfolios. Through this monitoring effort, we may identify additional 
loans and leases for which the borrowers or lessees are having difficulties making the required principal and interest payments based upon 
factors including but not limited to, the inability to sell land, inadequate cash flow from the operations of the underlying businesses, or 
bankruptcy filings. Therefore, we continue to experience new additions of non-accrual loans. We believe current economic conditions will 
remain largely the same for the near term. As a result, we expect that we will continue to experience elevated levels of impaired loans and leases. 
We are, however, seeing improvements in asset quality of our loan and lease portfolio as evidenced by the decline in the non-performing assets 
coupled with a relatively low percentage of non-performing assets to accruing loans. At December 31, 2011, 0.5% of total accruing loans were 
30-89 days past due. This early stage delinquency monitoring provides insight into potential future problems. Based upon the payment 
performance, there does not appear to be imminent areas of concern as of the end of the reporting period, although this metric can change rapidly 
if factors currently unknown to us change.  

In 2011, 2010 and 2009, there were no loans over 90 days past due and still accruing interest. Loans and leases greater than 90 days past due are 
considered impaired and are placed on non-accrual status. Cash received while a loan or a lease is on non-accrual status is applied against the 
outstanding principal. Please also refer to Note 4 – Loan and Lease Receivables, Impaired Loans and Leases and Allowance for Loan Lease 
Losses in the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional detail related to past due statistics by loan and lease classes.  

We also monitor our asset quality through our established categories as defined in Note 4 – Loans and Lease Receivables, Impaired Loans 
and Leases and Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. We are seeing improved 
percentages in our categories that would be considered indicative of adequate credit quality. Our total non-accrual loans and leases as a 
percentage of gross loans and leases declined to 2.56% at December 31, 2011 as compared to 4.37% at December 31, 2010. This is due to 
problem credits exiting the Banks as well as shifts in credit risk ratings to improved levels based upon our established monitoring criteria with 
77.0% of our portfolio considered a Category I. We use a wide variety of available metrics to assess the overall asset quality of the portfolio and 
no one metric is used independently to assess a final conclusion on the asset quality of the portfolio. We are proactively working with our 
impaired loan borrowers to find meaningful solutions to difficult situations that are in the best interest of the Banks. We received cash payments 
of approximately $15.4 million from borrowers on non-accrual status principally due to clients exiting our bank with alternative sources of 
financing or borrower initiated sales of underlying collateral. We received cash payments of approximately $3.3 million from operations of the 
borrowers which we applied directly to principal. As we continue to have these discussions, we expect that we will continue to see further 
reductions in our overall non-accrual portfolio.  

Impaired loans and leases exhibit weaknesses that inhibit repayment in compliance with the original terms of the note or lease and may lead to a 
potential loss. However, the measurement of impairment on loans and leases may not always result in a specific reserve included in the 
allowance for loan and lease losses. As part of the underwriting process as well as our ongoing monitoring efforts, we try to ensure that we have 
adequate collateral to protect our interest in the related loan or lease. As a result of this practice, a significant portion of our outstanding balance 
of impaired loans or leases either does not require additional specific reserves or requires only a minimal amount of required specific reserve as 
we believe the loans and leases are adequately collateralized as of the measurement period. In addition, management is proactive in recording 
charge-offs to bring loans to their net realizable value in situations where it is determined with certainty that we will not recover our entire 
principal. This practice leads to a lower allowance for loan and lease loss to non-accrual loans and leases ratio as compared to our peers or 
industry expectations. As of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, our allowance for loan and lease losses to total non-accrual loans and 
leases was 65.03% and 42.37%, respectively. As we begin to see improvements in asset quality and allowance for loan and lease loss reserves 
are measured more through general characteristics of our portfolio rather than through specific identification, we will see this ratio rise. 
Conversely, if we identify further impaired loans this ratio could fall should the impaired loan be adequately collateralized and therefore no 
specific or general reserve provided. Given our business practices and our evaluation of our existing loan and lease portfolio, management 
believes that this coverage ratio is appropriate for the probable losses inherent in our loan and lease portfolio as of December 31, 2011.  

38  

   
Table of Contents  

Additional information about impaired loans as of and for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 was as follows:  

Impaired loans and leases with no impairment reserves  
Impaired loans and leases with impairment reserves required  
Total impaired loans and leases  
Less:  

Impairment reserve (included in allowance for loan and lease losses)  

Net impaired loans and leases  
Average impaired loans and leases  

Interest income attributable to impaired loans and leases  
Interest income recognized on impaired loans and leases  
Net foregone interest income on impaired loans and leases  

As of December 31, 

2011 

2010 

(In Thousands) 

18,888       $ 
2,989         
21,877         

888         
20,989       $ 
33,793       $ 

19,749    
19,375    
39,124    

3,459    
35,665    
29,714    

     $ 

     $ 
     $ 

     For the years ended December 31,   

2011 

2010 

     $ 

     $ 

(In Thousands) 
2,682       $ 
(787 )       
1,895       $ 

2,702    
(102 )  
2,600    

In addition to all non-accrual loans and leases, impaired loans and leases as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 also included $111,000 and 
$718,000 of loans that are performing troubled debt restructurings, and thus are not on non-accrual status, but are considered impaired, due to the 
concession in terms. Loans with no specific reserves required represent impaired loans where the collateral, based upon current information, is 
deemed to be sufficient or that have been partially charged-off to reflect our best estimate of fair value of the loan. When analyzing the adequacy 
of collateral, we obtain external appraisals. Our policy regarding appraisals requires the utilization of appraisers from our approved list, the 
performance of independent internal reviews to monitor the quality of such appraisals and receipt of new appraisals for impaired loans at least 
annually, or more frequently as circumstances warrant. We make adjustments to the appraisals for appropriate selling costs. In addition, the 
ordering of appraisals and review of the appraisals are performed by individuals who are independent of the loan approval process. Based on the 
specific evaluation of the collateral of each impaired loan, we believe the reserve for impaired loans was adequate at December 31, 2011. 
However, we cannot provide assurance that the facts and circumstances surrounding each individual impaired loan will not change and that the 
specific reserve or current carrying value may be different in the future which may require additional charge-offs or specific reserves to be 
recorded.  

Foreclosed properties are recorded at the lower of cost or fair value. If, at the time of foreclosure, the fair value less cost to sell is lower than the 
carrying value of the loan, the difference, if any, is charged to the allowance for loan and lease losses prior to transfer to foreclosed property. The 
fair value is based on appraisals, discounted cash flow analysis (the majority of which is based on current occupancy and lease rates) or 
verifiable offers to purchase. After foreclosure, valuation allowances or future write-downs to fair value less costs to sell are charged directly to 
non-interest expense. Foreclosed properties were $2.2 million, an increase of 27.8%, at December 31, 2011 from $1.8 million at December 31, 
2010. The increase in foreclosed properties is primarily attributable to the addition of new properties to our portfolio as we proceeded with 
appropriate foreclosure actions to mitigate and protect our interests from further loss offset by successful efforts to sell existing inventory of 
foreclosed properties. Due to further deterioration of the market value of properties we own, we recorded impairment losses of $621,000 for the 
year ended December 31, 2011. Net gains on sales of existing foreclosed property inventory were $201,000 for the year ended December 31, 
2011. We continue to evaluate possible exit strategies on our impaired loans which foreclosure action may be probable and we expect that our 
level of foreclosed assets may increase in the future. Loans are transferred to foreclosed properties when we claim legal title to the properties.  

39  

   
   
  
     
  
  
     
      
  
  
     
  
       
      
   
    
  
   
   
    
  
       
     
   
       
      
   
    
  
   
   
    
  
      
   
    
  
   
   
    
  
      
   
    
  
   
   
    
  
  
  
     
      
  
  
     
  
       
      
   
    
  
   
   
    
  
      
   
    
  
   
   
    
  
Table of Contents  

A summary of foreclosed properties activity for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 is as follows:  

Balance at the beginning of the period  
Transfer of loans to foreclosed properties, at lower of cost or fair value  
Impairment adjustments  
Net book value of properties sold  
Balance at the end of the period  

2011 

2010 

(In Thousands) 
1,750       $ 
3,119         
(621 )       
(2,012 )       
2,236       $ 

1,671    
1,842    
(326 )  
(1,437 )  
1,750    

     $ 

     $ 

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses. To determine the level and composition of the allowance for loan and lease losses, we break out the 
portfolio by segments and risk ratings. We first evaluate loans and leases for potential impairment classification. Once a loan or lease is 
determined to be impaired we then analyze the impaired loans and leases on an individual basis to determine a specific reserve based upon the 
estimated value of the underlying collateral for collateral-dependent loans, or alternatively, the present value of expected cash flows. In order to 
establish the level of the general portion of the allowance for loan and lease losses, we regularly review and update the calculations within our 
existing allowance methodology by incorporating historical charge-off migration analysis and an analysis of the current level and trend of 
several factors that we believe may indicate losses in the various segments of the loan and lease portfolio. These factors include delinquencies, 
volume and average size loan relationships, average risk rating, technical defaults, geographic concentrations, loans and leases on management 
attention watch lists, unemployment rates in our market areas, experience in the credit granting functions, changes in underwriting standards and 
level of non-performing assets and related fair value of underlying collateral. The historical charge-off migration analysis utilizes the most recent 
five years of net charge-offs and traces the migration of the risk rating from origination through charge-off. The historical percentage of the 
amounts charged-off for each risk rating is averaged for the five-year period giving greater weight in the calculation to the recent years. We then 
apply these percentages to the current loan and lease portfolio.  

When it is determined that we will not receive our entire contractual principal or the loss is confirmed, we record a charge against the allowance 
for loan and lease loss reserve to bring the loan or lease to its net realizable value. Due to the economy’s ongoing weakness, estimated proceeds 
from the sales of property securing collateral dependent loans have generally been deemed insufficient to repay the related debt, confirming our 
inability to receive our entire contractual principal on certain commercial real estate loans. Many of the impaired loans are collateral dependent. 
It is part of our routine process to obtain appraisals on all impaired loans at least annually, or more frequently as circumstances warrant. As we 
have completed new appraisals and/or market evaluations, we have found that in general real estate values continue to decline, and that current 
fair values collateralizing certain impaired loans were inadequate to support the entire amount of the outstanding debt. Foreclosure actions may 
have been initiated on certain of these commercial real estate and other mortgage loans. As of December 31, 2011, the allowance for loan loss 
reflected the results of the most current information we have based upon the monitoring systems in place.  

As a result of this review process, we have concluded that an appropriate allowance for loan and lease loss reserve for the existing loan and lease 
portfolio was $14.2 million, or 1.66% of gross loans and leases, at December 31, 2011. Taking into consideration net charge-offs of $6.4 million, 
the required provision for loan and lease losses was $4.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. At December 31, 2010, the allowance 
for loan and lease losses was $16.3 million, or 1.85% of gross loans and leases, reflecting net charge-offs of $4.9 million and a provision for loan 
and lease losses of $7.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2010.  

Given complexities with legal actions on certain of our large commercial real estate and commercial and industrial loans and the continued 
decline in economic conditions, we continue to evaluate the best information available to us to determine the amount of the loans that are 
uncollectable. We believe the loans were recorded at the appropriate values at December 31, 2011; however, further charge-offs could be 
recorded if changes in facts and circumstances in the future lead us to a different conclusion.  

40  

   
   
  
     
      
  
  
     
  
       
       
       
      
   
    
  
   
   
    
  
      
   
    
  
   
   
    
  
Table of Contents  

A summary of the activity in the allowance for loan and lease losses follows:  

Allowance at beginning of period  
Charge-offs:  

Commercial real estate:  

Commercial real estate – owner occupied  
Commercial real estate – non-owner occupied  
Construction and land development  
Multi-family  
1-4 family  

Commercial and industrial  
Direct financing leases  
Other:  

Home equity loans and second mortgage  
Other  
Total charge-offs  

Recoveries:  

Commercial real estate  

Construction and land development  
Multi-family  
Commercial and industrial  
Direct financing leases, net  
Other  

Home equity loans and second mortgage  
Other  
Total recoveries  

Net charge-offs  
Provision for loan and lease losses  
Allowance at end of period  

Allowance to gross loans and leases  

2011 

Year Ended December 31, 
2010 
(Dollars In Thousands) 

2009 

     $ 

16,271       $ 

14,124       $ 

11,846    

(1,376 )       
(1,612 )       
(2,091 )       
(312 )       
(942 )       
(475 )       
—           

(113 )       
(309 )       
(7,230 )       

(258 )       
—           
(2,110 )       
(1,059 )       
(596 )       
(352 )       
—           

(142 )       
(693 )       
(5,210 )       

13         
289         
473         
19         

23         
16         
265         
8         

68         
2         
864         
(6,366 )       
4,250         
14,155       $ 

1         
—           
313         
(4,897 )       
7,044         
16,271       $ 

     $ 

—      
—      
(2,681 )  
(424 )  
(542 )  
(2,031 )  
(231 )  

(157 )  
(36 )  
(6,102 )  

—      
—      
147    
—      

8    
—      
155    
(5,947 )  
8,225    
14,124    

1.66 %      

1.85 %      

1.65 %  

Consistent with 2010, the majority of the charge-offs in 2011 resulted from declining values of collateral associated with impaired loans and 
leases. Our charge-offs were primarily concentrated in our commercial real estate portfolio. We continue to experience an elevated level of 
charge-offs in our construction and land development portfolio, which is substantially related to land development projects. In addition in 2011 
we experienced losses in our owner occupied and non-owner occupied commercial real estate classes. These charge-offs were associated with 
declining collateral values. The majority of loans that created the charge-offs have either been paid off or we have taken title to the underlying 
collateral and they are now classified as foreclosed properties. There continues to be a level of uncertainty regarding the remaining timeframe of 
when real estate values will reach their lowest point. As a result of this uncertainty, we continue to expect an elevated level of charge-offs within 
our commercial real estate portfolio.  

The majority of the charge-offs resulted from declining collateral values during the year ended December 31, 2010. As collateral values declined 
over the course of the year, management determined with certainty that we would not recover the contractual principal. Therefore, we recorded 
charge-offs in amounts necessary to bring the carrying value of the impaired loans to the net realizable value of the loan or lease based upon the 
third party evidence. In 2010, our charge-offs were concentrated primarily in two loan classes: construction and land development and multi-
family.  

41  

   
   
  
     
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
      
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
   
  
     
  
  
     
  
  
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
     
  
  
       
       
      
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
   
  
       
      
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
   
  
     
  
  
     
  
  
       
       
       
       
     
  
  
       
       
      
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
   
  
       
      
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
   
  
       
       
      
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
   
  
      
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
   
  
       
Table of Contents  

We review our methodology and periodically adjust allocation percentages of allowance by segment, as reflected in the following table, based 
upon historical results. Within the specific categories, certain loans or leases have been identified for specific reserve allocations as well as the 
whole category of that loan type or lease being reviewed for a general reserve based on the foregoing analysis of trends and overall balance 
growth within that category.  

The table below shows our allocation of the allowance for loan and lease losses by loan portfolio segments at the dates indicated.  

2011 

Percent of  
loans in  
each  
category to  
total loans 

Allowance  
for loan  
and lease  
losses 

As of December 31, 
2010 

Allowance  
for loan  
and lease  
losses 
(Dollars In Thousands) 

Percent of  
loans in  
each  
category to  
total loans 

2009 

Percent of  
loans in  
each  
category to  
total loans 

Allowance  
for loan  
and lease  
losses 

Loan segments:  
Commercial real estate  
Commercial and industrial  
Other  
Direct financing leases, net  
Total  

     $ 

     $ 

9,554           
3,977           
384           
240           
14,155           

68.2 %    $ 
27.8         
2.0         
2.0         
100.0 %    $ 

11,206           
4,277           
543           
245           
16,271           

70.4 %    $ 
25.7         
1.7         
2.2         
100.0 %    $ 

8,890           
4,131           
746           
357           
14,124           

70.9 %  
23.4    
2.5    
3.2    
100.00 %  

Although we believe the allowance for loan and lease losses was adequate based on the current level of loan delinquencies, non-accrual loans, 
trends in charge-offs, economic conditions and other factors as of December 31, 2011, there can be no assurance that future adjustments to the 
allowance will not be necessary. We adhere to high underwriting standards in order to maintain strong asset quality and continue to pursue 
practical and legal methods of collection, repossession and disposal of any such troubled assets. As of December 31, 2011, there were no 
significant industry concentrations in the loan portfolio.  

Deposits. As of December 31, 2011, deposits increased by $63.0 million to $1.051 billion from $988.3 million at December 31, 2010. Deposits 
are the primary source of the Banks’ funds for lending and other investment activities. A variety of accounts are designed to attract both short- 
and long-term deposits. These accounts include non-interest bearing transaction accounts, interest-bearing transaction accounts, money market 
accounts and time deposits. Deposit terms offered by the Banks vary according to the minimum balance required, the time period the funds must 
remain on deposit, the rates and products offered by marketplace competition and the interest rates charged on other sources of funds, among 
other factors. Attracting in-market deposits has been a renewed focus of the Banks’ business development officers. With two separately 
chartered financial institutions within our Corporation, we have the ability to offer our clients additional FDIC insurance coverage by 
maintaining separate deposits with each Bank. With the change in the regulations regarding the interest limits on NOW accounts to qualify for 
unlimited FDIC insurance, we have seen a shift in our balances out of NOW accounts into non-interest bearing transaction accounts. The ending 
balances within the various deposit types fluctuate based upon maturity of time deposits, client demands for the use of their cash coupled with 
servicing and maintaining client relationships. We focus on attracting and servicing deposit relationships, as compared to rate sensitive clients, 
and therefore we monitor the success of growth of in-market deposits based on the average balances of our deposit accounts. Rate sensitive 
clients may create an element of volatility to our deposit balances. Refer to Note 8 – Deposits in the Consolidated Financial Statements for 
additional information regarding our deposit composition.  

Our Banks’ in-market deposits are obtained primarily from South Central, Northeastern and Southeastern regions of Wisconsin. Of our total 
year-to-date average deposits, approximately $519.3 million, or 51.6%, were considered in-market deposits for the year ended December 31, 
2011. This compares to year-to-date average in-market deposits of $486.6 million, or 50.3%, for the year ended December 31, 2010. Attracting 
client deposits and increasing overall deposit market share is affected by a competitive environment. We continue to remain focused on 
increasing our in-market deposit base and reducing our overall dependency on brokered certificates of deposits; however, as changes in 
regulation occur, specifically as outlined in the Dodd-Frank Act provisions affecting deposit insurance, and other amendments by the FDIC, we 
cannot be assured that our clients will maintain their balances solely with our institution. Our competition and the banking industry as a whole 
will also face this challenge, and we believe that new opportunities to develop relationships and attract new money will be available.  

42  

   
   
  
     
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
        
  
  
        
  
  
        
  
  
     
  
     
     
  
     
  
     
       
       
       
      
    
    
  
      
   
    
  
  
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
      
    
   
  
      
    
    
  
      
   
    
  
  
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
      
    
   
  
Table of Contents  

The following table sets forth the amount and maturities of the Banks’ certificates of deposit, including brokered deposits, at December 31, 2011. 

Interest rate 

0.00% to 1.99%  
2.00% to 2.99%  
3.00% to 3.99%  
4.00% to 4.99%  
5.00% and greater  

Three months  
and less 

Over three  
months  
through  
six months 

Over six  
months  
through  
twelve months         
(In Thousands) 

Over  
twelve months         

Total 

     $ 

     $ 

21,106         $ 
20,594           
2,709           
—             
2,054           
46,463         $ 

32,397         $ 
5,841           
—             
9,713           
—             
47,951         $ 

68,145         $ 
44,301           
—             
5,055           
255           
117,756         $ 

112,530         $ 
175,216           
29,128           
2,952           
—             
319,826         $ 

234,178    
245,952    
31,837    
17,720    
2,309    
531,996    

At December 31, 2011, time deposits included $54.0 million of certificates of deposit in denominations greater than or equal to $100,000. Of 
these certificates, $8.4 million are scheduled to mature in three months or less, $9.5 million in greater than three through six months, $21.5 
million in greater than six through twelve months and $14.6 million in greater than twelve months.  

Of the total time deposits outstanding as of December 31, 2011, $212.2 million are scheduled to mature in 2012, $144.0 million in 2013, $76.5 
million in 2014, $40.5 million in 2015, $20.6 million in 2016, and $38.2 million thereafter. As of December 31, 2011, we have $32.8 million of 
brokered certificates of deposit that the Banks’ have the right to call prior to the scheduled maturity. These certificates have original maturities 
ranging from 5-20 years with option to call after the first six months of holding the certificate and either semi-annually or monthly call options 
thereafter.  

Borrowings. We had total borrowings of $50.6 million as of December 31, 2011, a decrease of $1.2 million, or 2.3%, from $51.8 million at 
December 31, 2010. The decrease is primarily driven by repayment of outstanding FHLB advances at their contractual maturity offset by 
additional draws on our senior line of credit.  

The following table sets forth the outstanding balances, weighted average balances and weighted average interest rates for our borrowings (short-
term and long-term) as indicated.  

As of December 31, 

Federal funds purchased  
FHLB advances  
Line of credit  
Subordinated notes payable  
Junior subordinated notes payable  

Short-term borrowings  
Long-term borrowings  

2011 
Weighted  
Average  
Balance 

Balance 

252           
656           
2,236           
39,000           
10,315           
52,459           

     $ 

     $ 

     $ 

     $ 

—           $ 
482           
810           
39,000           
10,315           
50,607         $ 

810         
49,797         
50,607         

43  

Balance 

Weighted  
Average  
Rate 
(Dollars In Thousands) 
—   %    $ 
5.83         
4.06         
6.12         
10.78         
6.94       $ 

—           $ 
2,494           
10           
39,000           
10,315           
51,819         $ 

2010 
Weighted  
Average  
Balance 

Weighted  
Average  
Rate 

—             
13,414           
10           
39,000           
10,315           
62,739           

—   %  
4.78    
4.06    
5.55    
10.78    
6.26    

  $ 

  $ 

2,010         
49,809         
51,819         

   
   
   
     
        
        
  
  
     
  
       
       
       
       
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
  
     
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
     
        
        
  
  
        
        
  
  
     
  
       
       
       
       
      
    
    
  
      
    
   
  
      
  
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
      
      
    
    
  
      
    
   
  
      
  
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
      
     
     
       
     
    
     
      
    
    
  
      
      
  
    
    
  
      
      
     
     
      
    
    
  
      
      
  
    
    
  
      
      
Table of Contents  

Refer to Note 9 – FHLB Advances, Other Borrowings and Junior Subordinated Debt in the Consolidated Financial Statements for specific 
details regarding the terms of each of the outstanding debt instruments.  

The following table sets forth maximum amounts outstanding at each month-end for specific types of borrowings for the periods indicated.  

Maximum month-end balance:  
FHLB advances  
Federal funds purchased  

Year Ended December 31, 
2010 
2011 

(In Thousands) 

     $ 

493         $ 
—             

18,504    
—      

Stockholders’ Equity. As of December 31, 2011, stockholders’ equity was $64.2 million or 5.5% of total assets. Stockholders’ equity increased 
by $8.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2011 primarily as a result of comprehensive income of $9.1 million, which includes net 
income of $8.4 million plus an increase in accumulated other comprehensive income of $700,000. Restricted stock issued with respect to share-
based compensation programs increased equity by $579,000. These increases were partially offset by treasury stock purchases of $103,000 and 
cash dividends declared of $732,000. As of December 31, 2010, stockholders’ equity totaled $55.3 million or 5.0% of total assets.  

Non-bank Consolidated Subsidiaries  

First Madison Investment Corporation. FMIC is a wholly-owned operating subsidiary of FBB that was incorporated in the State of Nevada in 
1993. FMIC was organized for the purpose of managing a portion of the FBB’s investment portfolio. FMIC invests in marketable securities. As 
an operating subsidiary, FMIC’s results of operations are consolidated with FBB’s for financial and regulatory purposes. FBB’s investment in 
FMIC was $147.1 million at December 31, 2011. FMIC had net income of $4.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. This compares to 
a total investment of $204.9 million at December 31, 2010 and net income of $5.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. Effective 
October 1, 2011, FMIC no longer invests in commercial real estate loans.  

First Business Capital Corp. FBCC is a wholly-owned subsidiary of FBB formed in 1995 and headquartered in Madison, Wisconsin. FBCC is 
an asset-based lending company established to meet the financing needs of companies that are generally unable to obtain traditional bank 
financing. FBCC underwrites its loans with additional emphasis placed on collateral coverage as the companies it finances are growing rapidly, 
highly leveraged, or undergoing a turn-around period. FBB’s investment in FBCC at December 31, 2011 was $19.9 million and net income for 
the year ended December 31, 2011 was $3.3 million. This compares to a total investment of $16.5 million and net income of $3.2 million, 
respectively, at and for the year ended December 31, 2010.  

FMCC Nevada Corp. FMCCNC was a wholly-owned subsidiary of FBCC incorporated in the state of Nevada in 2000. FMCCNC invested in 
asset-based loans in the form of loan participations from FBCC with FBCC retaining servicing. Effective October 1, 2011, this subsidiary was 
dissolved and its assets were transferred to FBCC.  

First Business Equipment Finance, LLC. FBEF, headquartered in Madison, Wisconsin, was formed in 1998 for the purpose of originating 
leases and extending credit in the form of loans to small and medium-sized companies nationwide and is a wholly-owned subsidiary of FBB. 
FBB’s total investment in FBEF at December 31, 2011 was $6.4 million and FBEF had net income of $569,000 for the year ended December 31, 
2011. This compares to a total investment of $5.8 million and net income of $659,000 at and for the year ended December 31, 2010.  

FBB Real Estate, LLC . FBBRE is a wholly-owned subsidiary of FBB and was formed in 2009 for the purpose of holding and liquidating real 
estate and other assets acquired through foreclosure or other legal proceedings. FBB’s total investment in FBBRE at December 31, 2011 was 
$561,000 and FBBRE had a net loss of $94,000 for the year ended December 31, 2011. This compares to a total investment of $1.3 million and a 
net loss of $19,000, respectively, at and for the year ended December 31, 2010.  

44  

   
   
  
     
  
  
     
        
  
  
     
  
     
     
       
Table of Contents  

FBB-Milwaukee Real Estate LLC. FBBMRE is a wholly-owned subsidiary of FBB – Milwaukee and was formed in 2009 for the purpose of 
holding and liquidating real estate and other assets acquired through foreclosure or other legal proceedings. FBB-Milwaukee’s total investment 
in FBBMRE was $1.3million at December 31, 2011 and FBBMRE had a net loss of $297,000 for the year ended December 31, 2011. This 
compares to a total investment of $1.4 million and net loss of $212,000, respectively, at and for the year ended December 31, 2010.  

Liquidity and Capital Resources  

During the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Banks did not make any dividend payments to the Corporation. The Banks are subject 
to certain regulatory limitations regarding their ability to pay dividends to the Corporation. We believe that the Corporation will not be adversely 
affected by these dividend limitations. The Corporation expects to meet its liquidity needs through existing cash on hand, established cash flow 
sources, its third party senior line of credit, or dividends received from the Banks, if any. The Corporation’s principal liquidity requirements at 
December 31, 2011 are the repayment of the outstanding balance on its senior line of credit, interest payments due on subordinated notes and 
interest payments due on junior subordinated notes. The capital ratios of the Corporation and its subsidiaries continue to meet all applicable 
regulatory capital adequacy requirements and have either remained stable or have shown signs of improvement from December 31, 2010. Refer 
to Note 10 – Stockholders’ Equity and Regulatory Capital in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for details regarding the 
Corporations and Banks’ capital ratios as of December 31, 2011 and 2010. The Corporation’s and the Banks’ Board of Directors and 
management work in concert with the appropriate regulatory bodies on decisions which affect their capital position, including but not limited to, 
decisions relating to the payment of dividends and increasing indebtedness.  

The Banks maintain liquidity by obtaining funds from several sources. The Banks’ primary sources of funds are principal and interest 
repayments on loans receivable and mortgage-related securities, deposits and other borrowings such as federal funds and FHLB advances. The 
scheduled payments of loans and mortgage-related securities are generally a predictable source of funds. Deposit flows and loan prepayments, 
however, are greatly influenced by general interest rates, economic conditions and competition.  

We view on-balance sheet liquidity as a critical element to maintaining adequate liquidity to meet our cash and collateral obligations. We define 
our on-balance sheet liquidity as the total of our short-term investments and our unpledged securities available-for-sale. As of December 31, 
2011, our immediate on-balance sheet liquidity was $260.5 million. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Banks had $113.2 million and 
$40.8 million on deposit with the Federal Reserve Bank, respectively. Any excess funds not used for loan funding or satisfying other cash 
obligations were maintained as part of our on-balance sheet liquidity in our interest bearing accounts with the Federal Reserve Bank, as we value 
the safety and soundness provided by the Federal Reserve Bank. We plan to utilize excess liquidity to pay down maturing debt, pay down 
maturing brokered certificates of deposit, or invest in securities to maintain adequate liquidity at an improved margin. Should loan growth 
opportunities be presented, we would also expect to utilize excess liquidity to fund loan portfolio growth.  

We had $446.7 million of outstanding brokered deposits at December 31, 2011, compared to $499.1 million of brokered deposits as of 
December 31, 2010, which represented 42.5% and 50.5% of ending balance total deposits. We are committed to our continued efforts to raise in-
market deposits and reduce our overall dependence on brokered certificates of deposit. However, brokered deposits are an efficient source of 
funding for the Banks and allow them to gather funds across a larger geographic base at price levels and maturities that are more attractive than 
single service deposits when required to raise a similar level of deposits within a short time period. Access to such deposits allows us the 
flexibility to decline pursuing single service deposit relationships in markets that have experienced unfavorable pricing levels. In addition, the 
administrative costs associated with brokered deposits are considerably lower than those that would be incurred to administer a similar level of 
local deposits with a similar maturity structure. Our in-market relationships remain stable; however, deposit balances associated with those 
relationships will fluctuate. We expect to establish new client relationships and continue marketing efforts aimed at increasing the balances in 
existing clients’ deposit accounts. Nonetheless, we will likely continue to use brokered deposits to compensate for shortfalls in deposit gathering 
in maturity periods, typically three to five years, needed to effectively match the interest rate sensitivity measured through our defined 
asset/liability management process. In order to provide for ongoing liquidity and funding, all of our brokered deposits are certificates of deposit 
that do not allow for withdrawal at the option of the depositor before the stated maturity. The Banks’ liquidity policies limit the amount of 
brokered deposits to 75% of total deposits. The Banks were in compliance with the policy limits throughout 2011 and 2010.  

45  

   
Table of Contents  

The Banks have been able to access the brokered certificate of deposit market as needed at rates and terms comparable to market standards. In 
the event that there is a disruption in the availability of brokered deposits at maturity, the Banks have managed the maturity structure so that at 
least one year of maturities could be funded through borrowings with the FHLB or Federal Reserve Discount Window utilizing currently 
unencumbered securities as collateral. As of December 31, 2011, the available liquidity is in excess of the stated policy and we currently have 
the ability to fund 26 months of maturities through borrowings with the FHLB or Federal Reserve Discount Window. We believe the Banks will 
also have access to the unused federal funds lines, cash flows from borrower repayments and cash flows from security maturities and have the 
ability to raise local market deposits by offering attractive rates to generate the level required to fulfill their liquidity need.  

The Banks are required by federal regulation to maintain sufficient liquidity to ensure safe and sound operations. We believe that the Banks have 
sufficient liquidity to match the balance of net withdrawable deposits and short-term borrowings in light of present economic conditions and 
deposit flows. The regulatory requirements for liquidity are discussed in Item 1, Business under Supervision and Regulation .  

During the year ended December 31, 2011, operating activities resulted in a net cash inflow of $17.6 million. Operating cash flows included net 
income of $8.4 million. Net cash provided from investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2011 was approximately $716,000 which 
consisted of cash inflows from maturities of available-for-sale securities and a net change in loans and leases balance primarily offset by 
reinvestment of cash flows within purchases of additional securities available-for-sale. Net cash provided by financing activities for the year 
ended December 31, 2011 was $61.0 million primarily from net increases in deposits. Please refer to the Consolidated Statements of Cash 
Flows for further details regarding significant sources of cash flow for the Corporation.  

Off-balance Sheet Arrangements  

As of December 31, 2011, the Banks had outstanding commitments to originate $204.8 million of loans and commitments to extend funds to or 
on behalf of clients pursuant to standby letters of credit of $7.4 million. As of December 31, 2011, the Banks had $103.4 million of commitments 
to extend funds which extend beyond one year. We do not expect any losses as a result of these funding commitments. We have evaluated 
outstanding commitments associated with loans that were identified as impaired loans and concluded that there are no additional losses 
associated with these unfunded commitments. We believe that additional commitments will not be granted or additional collateral will be 
provided to support any additional funds advanced. The Banks also utilize interest rate swaps for the purposes of interest rate risk management. 
Such instruments are discussed in Note 16 – Derivative Financial Instruments to the Consolidated Financial Statements.  

Additionally the Corporation has committed to provide an additional $960,000 to Aldine Capital Fund, LP, which is a private equity mezzanine 
funding limited partnership in which we have invested and which began its operations in October 2006. We believe adequate capital and 
liquidity are available from various sources to fund projected commitments.  

Contractual Obligations  

The following table summarizes our contractual cash obligations at December 31, 2011:  

Operating lease obligations  
Time deposits  
Line of credit  
Junior subordinated notes  
Subordinated debt  
FHLB advances  
Total contractual obligations  

Total 

Less than  1  
Year 

Payments Due by Period 

1-3 Years 
(In Thousands) 

4-5 Years 

More than  5  
Years 

     $ 

     $ 

9,536         $ 
531,996           
810           
10,315           
39,000           
482           
592,139         $ 

694         $ 
212,170           
810           
—             
—             
13           
213,687         $ 

1,332         $ 
220,497           
—             
—             
—             
469           
222,298         $ 

1,354         $ 
61,135           
—             
—             
8,000           
—             
70,489         $ 

6,156    
38,194    
—      
10,315    
31,000    
—      
85,665    

46  

   
   
  
     
  
  
     
        
        
        
        
  
  
     
  
       
       
       
       
       
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
Table of Contents  

Recent Developments and Other Income Tax Matters  

Like many financial institutions located in Wisconsin, FBB established a Nevada subsidiary for the purpose of investing and managing the 
Bank’s investment portfolio and purchasing a portion of FBB’s loans. FBCC also established a Nevada subsidiary for the purpose of purchasing 
FBCC’s loans. The Nevada investment subsidiaries hold and manage these assets. The investment subsidiaries have not filed returns with, or 
paid income or franchise taxes to the State of Wisconsin. The Wisconsin Department of Revenue (the “Department”) implemented a program to 
audit Wisconsin financial institutions which formed investment subsidiaries located outside of Wisconsin, and the Department has generally 
indicated that it intends to assess income or franchise taxes on the income of the out-of-state investment subsidiaries of Wisconsin financial 
institutions. Prior to the formation of the investment subsidiaries, FBB sought and obtained private letter rulings from the Department regarding 
the non-taxability of the investment subsidiaries in the State of Wisconsin. FBB believes that it complied with Wisconsin law and the private 
rulings received from the Department. In April 2011, the Department issued an assessment to FBB and FBCC. In June 2011, FBB, FBCC and 
the Department entered into a settlement agreement, the terms of which are subject to confidentiality clauses. However, the settlement of this 
matter with the Department did not result in a liability materially different than that which had been previously accrued in the consolidated 
results and financial position.  

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates  

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the 
reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported 
amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. By their nature, changes in these assumptions and estimates could significantly 
affect the financial position or results of operations for FBFS. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Please refer to Note 1 – 
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Nature of Operations to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a discussion of the most 
significant accounting policies followed by FBFS. Discussed below are certain policies that are critical to FBFS. We view critical accounting 
policies to be those which are highly dependent on subjective or complex judgments, estimates, and assumptions, and where changes in those 
estimates and assumptions could have a significant impact on the financial statements.  

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses. The allowance for loan and lease losses represents our recognition of the risks of extending credit and 
our evaluation of the quality of the loan and lease portfolio and as such, requires the use of judgment as well as other systematic objective and 
quantitative methods. The risks of extending credit and the accuracy of our evaluation of the quality of the loan and lease portfolio are neither 
static nor mutually exclusive and could result in a material impact on our consolidated financial statements. We could over-estimate the quality 
of the loan and lease portfolio resulting in a lower allowance for loan and lease losses than necessary, overstating net income and equity. 
Conversely, we could under-estimate the quality of the loan and lease portfolio, resulting in a higher allowance for loan and lease losses than 
necessary, understating net income and equity. The allowance for loan and lease losses is a valuation allowance for probable credit losses, 
increased by the provision for loan and lease losses and decreased by charge-offs, net of recoveries. We estimate the allowance reserve balance 
required and the related provision for loan and lease losses based on monthly evaluations of the loan and lease portfolio, with particular attention 
paid to loans and leases that have been specifically identified as needing additional management analysis because of the potential for further 
problems. During these evaluations, consideration is also given to such factors as the level and composition of impaired and other non-
performing loans and leases, historical loss experience, results of examinations by regulatory agencies, independent loan and lease reviews, the 
fair value of collateral, the strength and availability of guarantees, concentration of credits and other factors. Allocations of the allowance may be 
made for specific loans or leases, but the entire allowance is available for any loan or lease that, in our judgment, should be charged off. Loan 
and lease losses are charged against the allowance when we believe that the uncollectability of a loan or lease balance is confirmed. See Note 1 – 
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Nature of Operations in the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion of the 
allowance for loan and lease losses.  

We also continue to pursue all practical and legal methods of collection and disposal of non-performing assets, and adhere to rigorous 
underwriting standards in our origination process in order to continue to maintain strong asset quality. Although we believe that the allowance 
for loan and lease losses is adequate based upon current evaluation of loan and lease delinquencies, non-performing assets, charge-off trends, 
economic conditions and other factors,  

47  

   
Table of Contents  

there can be no assurance that future adjustments to the allowance will not be necessary. Should the quality of loans or leases deteriorate, then 
the allowance for loan and lease losses would generally be expected to increase relative to total loans and leases. When loan or lease quality 
improves, then the allowance would generally be expected to decrease relative to total loans and leases.  

Income Taxes. FBFS and its wholly owned subsidiaries file a consolidated federal income tax return and a combined Wisconsin state tax return. 
Deferred income taxes are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying 
amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. The determination of current and deferred income taxes is based on 
complex analyses of many factors, including the interpretation of federal and state income tax laws, the difference between the tax and financial 
reporting basis of assets and liabilities (temporary differences), estimates of amounts currently due or owed, such as the timing of reversals of 
temporary differences and current accounting standards. We apply a more likely than not approach to each of our tax positions when determining 
the amount of tax benefit to record in our consolidated financial statements. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax 
rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect of 
a change in tax rates on deferred taxes is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. We have made our best estimate of 
valuation allowances utilizing positive and negative evidence and evaluation of sources of taxable income including tax planning strategies and 
expected reversals of timing differences to determine our best estimate of valuation allowances needed for deferred tax assets on certain net 
operating loss carryforwards and other temporary differences. Realization of deferred tax assets over time is dependent on our ability to generate 
sufficient taxable earnings in future periods and a valuation allowance may be necessary if management determines that it is more likely than not 
that the deferred asset will not be utilized. These estimates and assumptions are subject to change. Changes in these estimates and assumptions 
could adversely affect future consolidated results of operations.  

See Note 15 – Income Taxes in the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion of income taxes. The federal and state taxing 
authorities who make assessments based on their determination of tax laws may periodically review our interpretation of federal and state 
income tax laws. Tax liabilities could differ significantly from the estimates and interpretations used in determining the current and deferred 
income tax liabilities based on the completion of taxing authority examinations.  

Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk 

Interest rate risk, or market risk, arises from exposure of our financial position to changes in interest rates. It is our strategy to reduce the impact 
of interest rate risk on net interest margin by maintaining a favorable match between the maturities and repricing dates of interest-earning assets 
and interest-bearing liabilities. This strategy is monitored by the respective Banks’ Asset/Liability Management Committees, in accordance with 
policies approved by the respective Banks’ Boards. These committees meet regularly to review the sensitivity of their respective Bank’s assets 
and liabilities to changes in interest rates, liquidity needs and sources, and pricing and funding strategies.  

We use two techniques to measure interest rate risk. The first is simulation of earnings. The balance sheet is modeled as an ongoing entity 
whereby future growth, pricing, and funding assumptions are implemented. These assumptions are modeled under different rate scenarios that 
include a simultaneous, instant and sustained change in interest rates.  

The following table illustrates the potential impact of changes in market rates on our net interest income for the next twelve months, as of 
December 31, 2011. Given the current low interest rate environment, we do not expect that interest rates will fall by greater than 50 basis points 
from December 31, 2011 levels. We also assume that managed rate liability prices will rise at an amount less than the instantaneous rate shock in 
the below scenarios.  

Impact on net interest income  

4.55 %      

—             

0.88 %      

6.34 %      

9.16 %      

14.12 %  

-50 

0 

+100 

+200 

+300 

+400 

Change in interest rates in basis points 

48  

   
   
   
  
     
  
  
     
  
  
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
       
Table of Contents  

The second measurement technique used is static gap analysis. Gap analysis involves measurement of the difference in asset and liability 
repricing on a cumulative basis within a specified time frame. In general, a positive gap indicates that more interest-earning assets than interest-
bearing liabilities reprice/mature in a time frame and a negative gap indicates the opposite. As shown in the cumulative gap position in the table 
presented below, at December 31, 2011, interest earning assets have the general characteristics that will allow them to reprice faster than 
interest-bearing liabilities in the short-term. In addition to the gap position, other determinants of net interest income are the shape of the yield 
curve, general rate levels and the corresponding effect of contractual interest rate floors, reinvestment spreads, balance sheet growth and mix, 
and interest rate spreads. During the last couple of years many of our variable rate loans and certain of our variable rate borrowings have been 
priced at a rate equivalent to a fixed spread above a market rate index combined with an interest rate floor. These interest rate floors restrict the 
rate from repricing in tandem with the market rates. Therefore, as market rates have declined the rates on these assets and liabilities remained at 
their respective interest rate floors. As rates increase, these same interest rate floors will restrict the subject assets and liabilities from 
experiencing rate increases until the interest rate floor is exceeded. Interest rate floors in our loan contracts create an interest liability sensitive 
environment when the gap position may indicate otherwise.  

We manage the structure of interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities by adjusting their mix, yield, maturity and/or repricing 
characteristics based on market conditions. Brokered certificates of deposit are a significant source of funds. We use a variety of maturities to 
augment our management of interest rate exposure.  

The following table illustrates our static gap position.  

Assets:  
Short-term investments  
Investment securities  
Commercial loans  
Real estate loans  
Asset-based loans  
Lease receivables  
Consumer loans  

Total earning assets  

Liabilities  
Interest-bearing transaction  
Money market accounts  
Time deposits under $100,000  
Time deposits $100,000 and over  
FHLB advances  
Short-term borrowings  
Long-term debt  

Total interest-bearing liabilities  

Interest rate gap  
Cumulative interest rate gap  
Cumulative interest rate gap to total earning assets  

Within 3  
months 

Estimated Maturity or Repricing at December 31, 2011 

   3-12 months 

1-5 years 
(Dollars In Thousands) 

   After 5 years    

Total 

     $ 

     $ 

113,386       $ 
13,956         
80,331         
212,607         
127,507         
2,439         
2,299         
552,525       $ 

—         $ 
38,969         
18,715         
128,920         
—           
7,549         
175         
194,328       $ 

—         $ 
95,257         
27,621         
163,285         
—           
7,122         
38         
293,323       $ 

—         $ 
22,204         
4,613         
46,286         
—           
—           
57         

113,386    
170,386    
131,280    
551,098    
127,507    
17,110    
2,569    
73,160       $  1,113,336    

23,004       $ 
364,082         
28,509         
4,202         
2         
810         
39,000         
459,609       $ 

—         $ 
—           
144,202         
35,257         
11         
—           
—           
179,470       $ 

—         $ 
—           
267,138         
14,495         
468         
—           
—           
282,101       $ 

—         $ 
—           
38,194         
—           
—           
—           
10,315         
48,509       $ 

92,916       $ 
92,916       $ 
8.35 %      

14,858       $ 
107,774       $ 
9.68 %      

11,222       $ 
118,996       $ 
10.69 %      

24,651       $ 
143,647       
12.90 %    

23,004    
364,082    
478,043    
53,954    
481    
810    
49,315    
969,689    

143,647    

     $ 

     $ 
     $ 

49  

   
   
  
     
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
     
  
  
  
  
       
       
       
       
       
       
      
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
   
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
   
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
     
  
  
  
  
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
      
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
   
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
   
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
   
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
   
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
       
Table of Contents  

Item 8. 

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF FIRST BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES  

The following financial statements are included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K:  

Consolidated Financial Statements 

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2011 and 2010  

Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2011 and 2010  

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2011 and 2010  

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December  31, 2011 and 2010  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2011 and 2010  

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm  

50  

Page No.   

51    

52    

53    

54    

55    

56    

99    

   
   
   
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
Table of Contents  

First Business Financial Services, Inc.  
Consolidated Balance Sheets  

Assets  
Cash and due from banks  
Short-term investments  

Cash and cash equivalents  
Securities available-for-sale, at fair value  
Loans and leases receivable, net of allowance for loan and lease losses of $14,155 and $16,271, respectively  
Leasehold improvements and equipment, net  
Foreclosed properties, net  
Cash surrender value of bank-owned life insurance  
Investment in Federal Home Loan Bank stock, at cost  
Accrued interest receivable and other assets  

Total assets  

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity  
Deposits  
Federal Home Loan Bank and other borrowings  
Junior subordinated notes  
Accrued interest payable and other liabilities  

Total liabilities  

Commitments and contingencies  

December 31, 

2011 

2010 

     (In Thousands, Except Share Data)   

     $ 

16,707       $ 
113,386         
130,093         
170,386         
836,687         
999         
2,236         
17,660         
2,367         
16,737         

9,450    
41,369    
50,819    
153,379    
860,935    
974    
1,750    
16,950    
2,367    
19,883    
     $  1,177,165       $  1,107,057    

     $  1,051,312       $ 
40,292         
10,315         
11,032         

988,298    
41,504    
10,315    
11,605    
        1,112,951          1,051,722    

Stockholders’ equity  
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value, 2,500,000 shares authorized, none issued or outstanding at December 31, 2011 

and 2010  

—           

—      

Common stock, $0.01 par value, 25,000,000 shares authorized at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, 

2,714,985 and 2,680,360 shares issued, 2,625,569 and 2,597,820 outstanding in 2011 and 2010, respectively          

Additional paid-in capital  
Retained earnings  
Accumulated other comprehensive income  
Treasury stock (89,416 and 82,540 shares in 2011 and 2010, respectively), at cost  

Total stockholders’ equity  
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity  

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.  

51  

27         
25,843         
37,501         
2,491         
(1,648 )       
64,214         

27    
25,253    
29,808    
1,792    
(1,545 )  
55,335    
     $  1,177,165       $  1,107,057    

   
   
  
     
  
  
     
      
  
  
     
   
       
      
    
    
  
   
    
    
  
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
      
    
    
  
   
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
   
    
    
  
     
   
       
       
       
      
    
    
  
   
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
   
    
    
  
     
   
     
   
       
       
       
       
       
      
    
    
  
   
    
    
  
       
      
    
    
  
   
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
   
    
    
  
Table of Contents  

First Business Financial Services, Inc.  
Consolidated Statements of Income  

Interest income:  
Loans and leases  
Securities income  
Short-term investments  

Total interest income  

Interest expense:  
Deposits  
Notes payable and other borrowings  
Junior subordinated notes  

Total interest expense  

Net interest income  
Provision for loan and lease losses  

Net interest income after provision for loan and lease losses  

Non-interest income:  
Trust and investment services fee income  
Service charges on deposits  
Loan fees  
Increase in cash surrender value of bank-owned life insurance  
Credit, merchant and debit card fees  
Other  

Total non-interest income  

Non-interest expense:  
Compensation  
Occupancy  
Professional fees  
Data processing  
Marketing  
Equipment  
FDIC insurance  
Collateral liquidation costs  
Loss on foreclosed properties  
Goodwill impairment  
Other  

Total non-interest expense  

Income before income tax expense  
Income tax expense  

Net income  

Earnings per common share:  

Basic  
Diluted  
Dividends declared per share  

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  

52  

     For the Years Ended December 31,   

2011 

2010 

     (In Thousands, Except Share Data)   

     $ 

51,932         $ 
4,166           
119           
56,217           

51,992    
4,513    
121    
56,626    

17,115           
2,529           
1,112           
20,756           

35,461           
4,250           
31,211           

2,532           
1,712           
1,481           
678           
221           
436           
7,060           

14,898           
1,376           
1,497           
1,253           
994           
446           
2,486           
786           
420           
—             
2,241           
26,397           

11,874           
3,449           
8,425         $ 

20,747    
2,816    
1,112    
24,675    

31,951    
7,044    
24,907    

2,334    
1,672    
1,238    
663    
219    
617    
6,743    

13,286    
1,465    
1,461    
1,188    
749    
506    
3,130    
1,167    
206    
2,689    
2,513    
28,360    

3,290    
2,349    
941    

3.23         $ 
3.23           
0.28           

0.37    
0.37    
0.28    

     $ 

     $ 

   
   
  
  
     
        
  
  
     
     
       
       
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
       
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
     
     
       
       
       
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
       
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
       
       
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
       
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
     
     
       
       
       
       
       
       
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
       
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
     
     
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
       
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
       
       
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
     
     
       
       
Table of Contents  

First Business Financial Services, Inc.  
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income  

Net income  
Other comprehensive income, before tax:  

Unrealized securities gains arising during the period  
Income tax expense  

Comprehensive income  

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  

53  

      For the year ended December 31,    

2011 
2010 
(Dollars in Thousands) 

     $ 

8,425       $ 

941    

1,198         
(499 )       
9,124       $ 

392    
(144 )  
1,189    

     $ 

   
   
  
  
     
      
  
  
     
  
     
   
       
       
      
   
    
  
   
   
    
  
      
   
    
  
   
   
    
  
Table of Contents  

First Business Financial Services, Inc. ,  
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity  

Common  
stock 

Additional  
paid-in  
capital 

Retained  
earnings 

Accumulated  
other  
comprehensive 
income 

(In Thousands, Except Share Data) 

Treasury  
stock 

Total 

Balance at December 31, 2009  
Net income  
Other comprehensive income  
Share-based compensation – restricted shares  
Cash dividends ($0.28 per share)  
Treasury stock purchased (5,836 shares)  
Balance at December 31, 2010  
Net income  
Other comprehensive income  
Share-based compensation – restricted shares  
Share-based compensation – tax benefits  
Cash dividends ($0.28 per share)  
Treasury stock purchased (6,876 shares)  
Balance at December 31, 2011  

     $ 

     $ 

     $ 

26         $ 
—             
—             
1           
—             
—             
27         $ 
—             
—             
—             
—             
—             
—             
27         $ 

24,731         $ 
—             
—             
522           
—             
—             
25,253         $ 
—             
—             
579           
11           
—             
—             
25,843         $ 

29,582       $ 
941         
—           
—           
(715 )       
—           
29,808       $ 
8,425         
—           
—           
—           
(732 )       
—           
37,501       $ 

1,544         $ 
—             
248           
—             
—             
—             
1,792         $ 
—             
699           
—             
—             
—             
—             
2,491         $ 

(1,490 )     $ 
—           
—           
—           
—           
(55 )       
(1,545 )     $ 
—           
—           
—           
—           
—           
(103 )       
(1,648 )     $ 

54,393    
941    
248    
523    
(715 )  
(55 )  
55,335    
8,425    
699    
579    
11    
(732 )  
(103 )  
64,214    

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.  

54  

   
   
  
     
        
        
      
        
      
  
  
     
  
      
    
    
  
      
    
   
  
      
    
    
  
   
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
   
   
    
  
       
       
       
       
       
      
    
    
  
      
    
   
  
      
    
    
  
   
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
   
   
    
  
      
    
    
  
      
    
   
  
      
    
    
  
   
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
   
   
    
  
       
       
       
       
       
       
      
    
    
  
      
    
   
  
      
    
    
  
   
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
   
   
    
  
      
    
    
  
      
    
   
  
      
    
    
  
   
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
   
   
    
  
Table of Contents  

First Business Financial Services, Inc.  
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows  

Operating activities  
Net income  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:  
Deferred income taxes, net  
Provision for loan and lease losses  
Depreciation, amortization and accretion, net  
Share-based compensation  
Increase in cash surrender value of bank-owned life insurance  
Origination of loans held for sale  
Sale of loans held for sale  
Gain on sale of loans held for sale  
Loss on foreclosed properties  
Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation  
Goodwill impairment  
Decrease in accrued interest receivable and other assets  
(Decrease) Increase in accrued interest payable and other liabilities  

Net cash provided by operating activities  

Investing activities  
Proceeds from maturities of available-for-sale securities  
Purchases of available-for-sale securities  
Net decrease (increase) in loans and leases  
Proceeds from sale of foreclosed properties  
Investment in limited partnerships  
Distributions from limited partnerships  
Proceeds from sale of leasehold improvements and equipment  
Purchases of leasehold improvements and equipment, net  
Premium payments of bank-owned life insurance  

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities  

Financing activities  
Net increase in deposits  
Repayment of FHLB advances  
Net increase in short-term borrowed funds  
Excess tax benefit from share-based compensation  
Cash dividends paid  
Purchase of treasury stock  

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities  

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents  
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period  
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period  

Supplementary cash flow information  
Interest paid on deposits and borrowings  
Income taxes paid  
Transfer of loans to other real estate owned  
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.  

55  

     For the Years Ended December 31,   

2011 

2010 

(In Thousands) 

     $ 

8,425       $ 

941    

1,955         
4,250         
2,404         
579         
(678 )       
(1,284 )       
1,290         
(6 )       
420         
(11 )       
—           
796         
(563 )       
17,577         

44,150         
(62,000 )       
16,879         
2,213         
(210 )       
81         
46         
(411 )       
(32 )       
716         

63,014         
(2,012 )       
800         
11         
(729 )       
(103 )       
60,981         
79,274         
50,819         
130,093       $ 

(2,421 )  
7,044    
1,593    
523    
(663 )  
(657 )  
659    
(2 )  
206    
—      
2,689    
1,140    
762    
11,814    

42,416    
(74,259 )  
(30,013 )  
1,557    
(450 )  
34    
—      
(131 )  
(33 )  
(60,879 )  

3,924    
(16,011 )  
—      
—      
(711 )  
(55 )  
(12,853 )  
(61,918 )  
112,737    
50,819    

21,774       $ 
3,143         
3,119         

25,391    
4,997    
1,842    

     $ 

     $ 

   
   
  
  
     
      
  
  
     
  
     
   
     
   
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
      
    
    
  
   
    
    
  
       
      
    
    
  
   
    
    
  
     
   
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
      
    
    
  
   
    
    
  
       
      
    
    
  
   
    
    
  
     
   
       
       
       
       
       
       
      
    
    
  
   
    
    
  
       
      
    
    
  
   
    
    
  
       
       
      
    
    
  
   
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
   
    
    
  
     
   
       
       
Table of Contents  

First Business Financial Services, Inc.  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  

Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Nature of Operations  

Nature of Operations. The accounting and reporting practices of First Business Financial Services (“FBFS” or the “Corporation”), its wholly-
owned subsidiaries, First Business Bank (“FBB”) and First Business Bank – Milwaukee (“FBB – Milwaukee”) have been prepared in 
accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. First Business Bank and First Business Bank – Milwaukee are sometimes 
referred to together as the “Banks”. FBB operates as a commercial banking institution in the Dane County and surrounding areas market with 
loan production offices in Oshkosh, Appleton, and Green Bay, Wisconsin. FBB also offers trust and investment services through First Business 
Trust & Investments (“FBTI”), a division of FBB. FBB – Milwaukee operates as a commercial banking institution in the Waukesha County and 
surrounding areas market. The Banks provide a full range of financial services to businesses, business owners, executives, professionals and high 
net worth individuals. The Banks are subject to competition from other financial institutions and service providers and are also subject to state 
and federal regulations. FBB has the following subsidiaries: First Business Capital Corp. (“FBCC”), First Madison Investment Corp. (“FMIC”), 
First Business Equipment Finance, LLC and FBB Real Estate, LLC (“FBBRE”). FMIC is located in and was formed under the laws of the state 
of Nevada. Effective October 1, 2011, the Corporation dissolved FMCC Nevada Corp, a former subsidiary of FBCC. FBB-Milwaukee has one 
subsidiary, FBB – Milwaukee Real Estate, LLC (“FBBMRE”).  

Basis of Financial Statement Presentation. The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of FBFS, and its wholly-owned 
subsidiaries. In accordance with the provisions of Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 810, the Corporation’s ownership interest 
in FBFS Statutory Trust II (Trust II) has not been consolidated into the financial statements. All significant intercompany balances and 
transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.  

Management of the Corporation is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and 
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements as well as reported amounts of revenues and expenses during 
the reporting period. Actual results could differ significantly from those estimates. Material estimates that could experience significant changes 
in the near-term include the value of foreclosed property, lease residuals, property under operating leases, securities, income taxes and the level 
of the allowance for loan and lease losses. Subsequent events have been evaluated through the issuance of the consolidated financial statements. 
No significant subsequent events have occurred through this date requiring adjustment to the financial statements or disclosures.  

Cash and Cash Equivalents. The Corporation considers federal funds sold and interest-bearing deposits, and short-term investments that have 
original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents.  

Securities Available-for-Sale. The Corporation classifies its investment and mortgage-related securities as available-for-sale, held-to-maturity 
and trading. Debt securities that the Corporation has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as held-to-maturity and are 
stated at amortized cost. Debt and equity securities bought expressly for the purpose of selling in the near term are classified as trading securities 
and are measured at fair value with unrealized gains and losses reported in earnings. Debt and equity securities not classified as held-to-maturity 
or as trading are classified as available-for-sale. Available-for-sale securities are measured at fair value with unrealized gains and losses reported 
as a separate component of stockholders’ equity, net of tax. Realized gains and losses, and declines in value judged to be other than temporary, 
are included in the consolidated statements of income as a component of non-interest income. The cost of securities sold is based on the specific 
identification method. The Corporation did not hold any held-to-maturity or trading securities at December 31, 2011 and 2010.  

Discounts and premiums on investment and mortgage-backed securities are accreted and amortized into interest income using the effective yield 
method over the period to estimated maturity.  

56  

   
Table of Contents  

Declines in the fair value of investment securities available for sale (with certain exceptions for debt securities noted below) that are deemed to 
be other-than-temporary are charged to earnings as a realized loss, and a new cost basis for the securities is established. In evaluating other-than-
temporary impairment, management considers the length of time and extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, the financial 
condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, and the intent and ability of the Corporation to retain its investment in the issuer for a period of 
time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value in the near term. Declines in the fair value of debt securities below amortized 
cost are deemed to be other-than-temporary in circumstances where: (1) the Corporation has the intent to sell a security; (2) it is more likely than 
not that the Corporation will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis; or (3) the Corporation does not expect to 
recover the entire amortized cost basis of the security. If the Corporation intends to sell a security or if it is more likely than not that the 
Corporation will be required to sell the security before recovery, an other-than-temporary impairment write-down is recognized in earnings equal 
to the difference between the security’s amortized cost basis and its fair value. If an entity does not intend to sell the security or it is not more 
likely than not that it will be required to sell the security before recovery, the other-than-temporary impairment write-down is separated into an 
amount representing credit loss, which is recognized in earnings, and an amount related to all other factors, which is recognized in other 
comprehensive income.  

Loans and Leases. Loans and leases that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity are reported 
at their outstanding principal balance with adjustments for partial charge-offs, the allowance for loan and lease losses, deferred fees or costs on 
originated loans and leases, and unamortized premiums or discounts on any purchased loans. Loans originated or purchased and intended for sale 
in the secondary market are carried at the lower of cost or estimated fair value in the aggregate. Unrealized losses on such loans are recognized 
through a valuation allowance by a charge to other non-interest income. Gains and losses on the sale of loans are also included in other non-
interest income.  

A loan or a lease is accounted for as a troubled debt restructuring if the Corporation, for economic or legal reasons related to the borrower’s 
financial condition (experiencing financial difficulty), grants a concession to the borrower that it would not otherwise consider. A troubled debt 
restructuring may involve the receipt of assets from the debtor in partial or full satisfaction of the loan or lease, or a modification of terms such 
as a reduction of the stated interest rate or face amount of the loan or lease, a reduction of accrued interest, an extension of the maturity date at a 
stated interest rate lower than the current market rate for a new loan or lease with similar risk, or some combination of these concessions. 
Restructured loans can involve loans remaining on non-accrual, moving to non-accrual, or continuing on accrual status, depending on individual 
facts and circumstances. Non-accrual restructured loans are included and treated with all other non-accrual loans. In addition, all accruing 
restructured loans are reported as troubled debt restructurings which are considered and accounted for as impaired loans. Generally, restructured 
loans remain on non-accrual until the borrower has attained a sustained period of repayment performance under the modified loan terms 
(generally a minimum of six months). However, performance prior to the restructuring, or significant events that coincide with the restructuring, 
are considered in assessing whether the borrower can meet the new terms and whether the loan should be returned to or maintained on accrual 
status. If the borrower’s ability to meet the revised payment schedule is not reasonably assured, the loan remains on nonaccrual.  

Interest on non-impaired loans and leases is accrued and credited to income on a daily basis based on the unpaid principal balance and is 
calculated using the effective interest method. Per policy, a loan or a lease is considered impaired and placed on a non-accrual status when it 
becomes 90 days past due or it is doubtful that contractual principal and interest will be collected in accordance with the terms of the contract. A 
loan or lease is determined to be past due if the borrower fails to meet a contractual payment and will continue to be considered past due until all 
contractual payments are received. When a loan or lease is placed on non-accrual, interest accrual is discontinued and previously accrued but 
uncollected interest is deducted from interest income and the payments on non-accrual loans are applied to interest on a cash basis. If 
collectability of the contractual principal and interest is in doubt, payments received are first applied to reduce loan principal. As soon as it is 
determined with certainty that the principal of an impaired loan or lease is uncollectable either through collections from the borrower or 
disposition of the underlying collateral, the portion of the carrying balance that exceeds the estimated measurement value of the loan or lease is 
charged off. Loans or leases are returned to accrual status when they are brought current in terms of both principal and accrued interest due, have 
performed in accordance with contractual terms for a reasonable period of time, and when the ultimate collectability of total contractual principal 
and interest is no longer doubtful.  

57  

   
Table of Contents  

Transfers of assets, including but not limited to participation interests in originated loans, that upon completion of the transfer satisfy the 
conditions to be reported as a sale, including legal isolation, are derecognized from the consolidated financial statements. Transfers of assets that 
upon completion of the transfer do not meet the conditions of a sale are recorded on a gross basis with a secured borrowing identified to reflect 
the amount of the transferred interest.  

Loan and lease origination fees as well as certain direct origination costs are deferred and amortized as an adjustment to loan yields over the 
stated term of the loan or lease. Loans or leases that result from a refinance or restructuring, other than a troubled debt restructuring, where terms 
are at least as favorable to the Corporation as the terms for comparable loans to other borrowers with similar collection risks and result in an 
essentially new loan or lease, are accounted for as a new loan or lease. Any unamortized net fees, costs, or penalties are recognized when the 
new loan or lease is originated. Unamortized net loan or lease fees or costs for loans and leases that result from a refinance or restructure with 
only minor modifications to the original loan contract are carried forward as a part of the net investment in the new loan. For troubled debt 
restructurings all fees received in connection with a modification of terms are applied as a reduction of the loan or lease and any related costs, 
including direct loan origination costs, are charged to expense as incurred.  

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses. The allowance for loan and lease losses is maintained at a level that management deems adequate to 
absorb probable and estimable losses inherent in the loan and lease portfolios. Such inherent losses stem from the size and current risk 
characteristics of the loan and lease portfolio, an assessment of individual impaired and other problem loans and leases, actual loss experience, 
estimated fair value of underlying collateral, adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, and current geographic or 
industry-specific current economic events. Some impaired and other loans have risk characteristics that are unique to an individual borrower and 
the inherent loss must be estimated on a loan-by-loan basis. Other impaired and problem loans and leases may have risk characteristics similar to 
other loans and leases and bear similar inherent risk of loss. Such loans and leases not individually reviewed and measured for impairment are 
aggregated and historical loss statistics are used to determine inherent risk of loss.  

The measurement of the estimate of loss is reliant upon historical experience, information about the ability of the individual debtor to pay and 
appraisal of loan collateral in light of current economic conditions. An estimate of loss is an approximation of what portion of all amounts 
receivable, according to the contractual terms of that receivable, is deemed uncollectible. Determination of the allowance is inherently subjective 
because it requires estimation of amounts and timing of expected future cash flows on impaired and other problem loans, estimation of losses on 
types of loans and leases based on historical losses and consideration of current economic trends, both local and national. Based on 
management’s periodic review using all previously mentioned pertinent factors, a provision for loan and lease losses is charged to expense. Loan 
and lease losses are charged against the allowance and recoveries are credited to the allowance.  

The allowance for loan and lease losses contains specific allowances established for expected losses on impaired loans and leases. Impaired 
loans and leases are defined as loans and leases for which, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Corporation will be 
unable to collect scheduled principal and interest payments according to the contractual terms of the loan or lease agreement. Loans and leases 
subject to impairment are defined as non-accrual and restructured loans and leases exclusive of smaller homogeneous loans such as home equity, 
installment and 1-4 family residential loans. Impaired loans and leases are evaluated on an individual basis to determine the amount of specific 
reserve or charge-off required, if any.  

The measurement value of impaired loans and leases is determined based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the 
loan’s effective interest rate (the contractual interest rate adjusted for any net deferred loan fees or costs, premium, or discount existing at the 
origination or acquisition of the loan), the market price of the loan or lease, or the fair value of the underlying collateral less costs to sell, if the 
loan or lease is collateral dependent. A loan or lease is collateral dependent if repayment is expected to be provided principally by the underlying 
collateral. A loan’s effective interest rate may change over the life of the loan based on subsequent changes in rates or indices or may be fixed at 
the rate in effect at the date the loan was determined to be impaired.  

Subsequent to the initial impairment, any significant change in the amount or timing of an impaired loan or lease’s future cash flows will result 
in a reassessment of the valuation allowance to determine if an adjustment is necessary. Measurements based on observable market price or fair 
value of the collateral may change over time and require a reassessment of the valuation allowance if there is a significant change in either 
measurement base. Any increase in the present value of expected future cash flows attributable to the passage of time is recorded as interest 
income accrued on the net carrying amount of the loan or lease at the effective interest rate used to discount the impaired  

58  

   
Table of Contents  

loan or lease’s estimated future cash flows. As of December 31, 2011, no interest income was recognized due to the increase of the present value 
of future cash flows attributable to the passage of time. Any change in present value attributable to changes in the amount or timing of expected 
future cash flows is recorded as loan loss expense in the same manner in which impairment was initially recognized or as a reduction of loan loss 
expense that otherwise would be reported. Where the level of loan or lease impairment is measured using observable market price or fair value 
of collateral, any change in the observable market price of an impaired loan or lease or fair value of the collateral of an impaired collateral-
dependent loan or lease is recorded as loan loss expense in the same manner in which impairment was initially recognized. Any increase in the 
observable market value of the impaired loan or lease or fair value of the collateral in an impaired collateral-dependent loan or lease is recorded 
as a reduction in the amount of loan loss expense that otherwise would be reported.  

Loans Held for Sale. Loans held for sale consist of the current origination of certain 1-4 family mortgage loans and are carried at lower of cost 
or fair value. Fees received from the borrower and direct costs to originate the loan are deferred and recorded as an adjustment of the sales price. 
There were no loans held for sale outstanding at December 31, 2011 or 2010.  

Net Investment in Direct Financing Leases. Net investment in direct financing lease agreements represents total undiscounted payments plus 
estimated unguaranteed residual value (approximating 3% to 20% of the cost of the related equipment) and is recorded as lease receivables when 
the lease is signed and the leased property is delivered to the client. The excess of the minimum lease payments and residual values over the cost 
of the equipment is recorded as unearned lease income. Unearned lease income is recognized over the term of the lease on a basis which results 
in an approximate level rate of return on the unrecovered lease investment. Lease payments are recorded when due under the lease contract. 
Residual values are established at lease inception equal to the estimated value to be received from the equipment following termination of the 
initial lease and such estimated value considers all relevant information and circumstances regarding the equipment. In estimating the 
equipment’s fair value at lease termination, the Corporation relies on internally or externally prepared appraisals, published sources of used 
equipment prices and historical experience adjusted for known current industry and economic trends. The Corporation’s estimates are 
periodically reviewed to ensure reasonableness, however the amounts the Corporation will ultimately realize could differ from the estimated 
amounts. When there are other than temporary declines in the Corporation’s carrying amount of the unguaranteed residual value, the carrying 
value is reduced and charged to non-interest expense.  

Operating Leases. Machinery and equipment are leased to clients under operating leases and are recorded at cost. Equipment under such leases 
is depreciated over the estimated useful life or term of the lease, if shorter. The impairment loss, if any, would be charged to expense in the 
period it becomes evident. Rental income is recorded on the straight-line accrual basis as other non-interest income.  

Leasehold Improvements and Equipment. The cost of capitalized leasehold improvements is amortized on the straight-line method over the 
lesser of the term of the respective lease or estimated economic life. Equipment is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization 
which is calculated by the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of three to ten years. Maintenance and repair costs are charged to 
expense as incurred. Improvements which extend the useful life are capitalized and depreciated over the remaining useful life of the assets.  

Foreclosed Properties. Property acquired by repossession, foreclosure or by deed in lieu of foreclosure is carried at the lower of the recorded 
investment in the loan at the time of acquisition or the fair value of the underlying property, less costs to sell. Any write-down in the carrying 
value of a loan or lease at the time of acquisition is charged to the allowance for loan and lease losses. Any subsequent write-downs to reflect 
current fair market value, as well as gains and losses on disposition and revenues are recorded in non-interest expense. Costs relating to the 
development and improvement of the property are capitalized while holding period costs are charged to other non-interest expense. Foreclosed 
properties are included in foreclosed properties, net in the consolidated balance sheets.  

Bank-Owned Life Insurance. Bank-owned life insurance (“BOLI”) is reported at the amount that would be realized if the life insurance 
policies were surrendered on the balance sheet date. BOLI policies owned by the Banks are purchased with the objective to fund certain future 
employee benefit costs with the death benefit proceeds. The cash surrender value of such policies is recorded in Cash surrender value of life 
insurance on the consolidated balance sheets and changes in the value are recorded in non-interest income. The total death benefit of all of the 
BOLI policies is $45.3 million as of December 31, 2011. There are no restrictions on the use of BOLI proceeds nor are there any contractual 
restrictions on the ability to surrender the policy. As of December 31, 2011 or 2010, there were no borrowings against the cash surrender value 
of the BOLI policies.  

59  

   
Table of Contents  

Federal Home Loan Bank Stock. The Banks own shares in the Federal Home Loan Bank – Chicago (“FHLB”) as required for membership to 
the FHLB. The minimum required investment was $1.2 million as of December 31, 2011. FHLB stock is carried at cost which approximates its 
fair value because the shares can be resold to other member banks at their carrying amount of $100 per share par amount. The Corporation 
periodically evaluates its holding in FHLB stock for impairment. Should the stock be impaired, it would be written down to its estimated fair 
value. There were no impairments recorded on FHLB stock during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010.  

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. The excess of the cost of the acquisition of The Business Banc Group Ltd. (“BBG”) over the fair value 
of the net assets acquired consists primarily of goodwill and core deposit intangibles. Core deposit intangibles have estimated finite lives and are 
amortized on an accelerated basis to expense over a period of 15 years. The Corporation reviews long-lived assets and certain identifiable 
intangibles for impairment at least annually, or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may 
not be recoverable, in which case an impairment charge would be recorded.  

Goodwill is not amortized but is subject to impairment tests on at least an annual basis. Any impairment of goodwill will be recognized as an 
expense in the period of impairment. The Corporation completes its annual goodwill impairment test as of June each year, or whenever events or 
significant changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. In 2010, the Corporation impaired the entire 
amount of goodwill, or $2.7 million, based upon its annual evaluation.  

Other Investments. The Corporation owns certain equity investments in other corporate organizations which are not consolidated because the 
Corporation does not own more than a 50% interest or exercise control over the organization. Such investments are not variable interest entities. 
Investments in corporations representing at least a 20% interest are generally accounted for using the equity method and investments in 
corporations representing less than 20% interest are generally accounted for at cost. Investments in limited partnerships representing from at 
least a 3% up to a 50% interest in the investee are generally accounted for using the equity method and investments in limited partnerships 
representing less than 3% are generally accounted for at cost. All of these investments are periodically evaluated for impairment. Should an 
investment be impaired, it would be written down to its estimated fair value. The equity investments are reported in other assets and the income 
and expense from such investments, if any, is reported in non-interest income and non-interest expense.  

Derivative Instruments. The Corporation uses derivative instruments to protect against the risk of adverse price or interest rate movements on 
the value of certain assets, liabilities, future cash flows and economic hedges for written client derivative contracts. Derivative instruments 
represent contracts between parties that usually require little or no initial net investment and result in one party delivering cash to the other party 
based on a notional amount and an underlying as specified in the contract. A notional amount represents the number of units of a specific item, 
such as currency units. An underlying represents a variable, such as an interest rate. The amount of cash delivered from one party to the other is 
determined based on the interaction of the notional amount of the contract with the underlying.  

Market risk is the risk of loss arising from an adverse change in interest rates, exchange rates or equity prices. The Corporation’s primary market 
risk is interest rate risk. These instruments include interest rate swaps, interest rate options and interest rate caps and floors with indices that 
relate to the pricing of specific assets and liabilities. The nature and volume of the derivative instruments used to manage interest rate risk 
depend on the level and type of assets and liabilities on the balance sheet and the risk management strategies for the current and anticipated rate 
environments. Credit risk occurs when a counterparty to a derivative contract with an unrealized gain fails to perform according to the terms of 
the agreement. Credit risk is managed by limiting the counterparties to highly rated dealers, applying uniform credit standards to all activities 
with credit risk and monitoring the size and the maturity structure of the derivative portfolio.  

All derivative instruments are to be carried at fair value on the balance sheet. The accounting for the gain or loss due to changes in the fair value 
of the derivative instrument depends on whether the derivative instrument qualifies as a hedge. If the derivative instrument does not qualify as a 
hedge, the gains or losses are reported in earnings when they occur. However, if the derivative instrument qualifies as a hedge the accounting 
varies based on the type of risk being hedged. In 2011 and 2010, the Corporation solely utilized interest rate swaps which did not qualify for 
hedge accounting and therefore all changes in fair value and gains and losses on these instruments are reported in earnings as they occur.  

60  

   
Table of Contents  

Income Taxes. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are computed annually for temporary differences in timing between the financial 
statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities that result in taxable or deductible amounts in the future based on enacted tax law and rates 
applicable to periods in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent 
upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Management considers 
the scheduled reversals of deferred tax liabilities, appropriate tax planning strategies and projections for future taxable income over the period 
which the deferred tax assets are deductible. When necessary, valuation allowances are established to reduce deferred tax assets to the realizable 
amount. Management believes it is more likely than not that the Corporation will realize the benefits of these deductible differences, net of the 
existing valuation allowances.  

Income tax expense represents the tax payable or tax refundable for a period, adjusted by the applicable change in deferred tax assets and 
liabilities for that period. The Corporation and its subsidiaries file a consolidated Federal income tax return and separate state income tax returns. 
Tax sharing agreements allocate taxes to each entity for the settlement of intercompany taxes. The Corporation applies a more likely than not 
approach to each of its tax positions when determining the amount of tax benefit to record in its financial statements. Unrecognized tax benefits 
are recorded in other liabilities. The Corporation recognizes accrued interest relating to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense and 
penalties in other non-interest expense.  

Earnings Per Share. Earnings per common share (“EPS”) are computed using the two-class method. Basic EPS are computed by dividing net 
income allocated to common shares by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period, excluding any participating 
securities. Participating securities include unvested restricted shares. Unvested restricted shares are considered participating securities because 
holders of these securities receive non-forfeitable dividends at the same rate as the holders of the Corporation’s common stock. Diluted EPS are 
computed by dividing net income allocated to common shares adjusted for reallocation of undistributed earnings of unvested restricted shares by 
the weighted average number of common shares determined for the basic earnings per common share plus the dilutive effect of common stock 
equivalents using the treasury stock method using the average market price for the period. Some stock options are anti-dilutive and therefore are 
not included in the calculation of diluted earnings per share.  

Segments and Related Information. The Corporation is required to report each operating segment based on materiality thresholds of ten 
percent or more of certain amounts, such as revenue. Additionally, the Corporation is required to report separate operating segments until the 
revenue attributable to such segments is at least 75 percent of total consolidated revenue. The Corporation provides a broad range of financial 
services to individuals and companies in south central and southeastern Wisconsin. These services include demand, time, and savings products, 
the sale of certain non-deposit financial products and commercial and retail lending, leasing and trust services. While the Corporation’s chief 
decision-maker monitors the revenue streams of the various products and services, operations are managed and financial performance is 
evaluated on a corporate-wide basis. The Corporation’s business units have similar basic characteristics in the nature of the products, production 
processes and type or class of client for products or services; therefore, these business units are considered one operating segment.  

Stock Options. Prior to January 1, 2006, the Corporation accounted for stock-based compensation using the intrinsic value method. Under the 
intrinsic value method, compensation expense for employee stock options was generally not recognized if the exercise price of the option 
equaled or exceeded the fair market value of the stock on the date of grant.  

On January 1, 2006, the Corporation adopted ASC Topic 718 using the prospective method as stock options were only granted by the 
Corporation prior to meeting the definition of a public entity. Under the prospective method, ASC Topic 718 must only be applied to the extent 
that those awards are subsequently modified, repurchased or cancelled. No stock options have been granted since the Corporation met the 
definition of a public entity and no stock options have been modified, repurchased or cancelled subsequent to the adoption of ASC Topic 718. 
Therefore, no stock-based compensation was recognized in the consolidated statement of income for the years ending December 31, 2011 or 
2010, except with respect to restricted stock awards. Upon vesting of any options subject to ASC Topic 718, the benefits of tax deductions in 
excess of recognized compensation expense will be reported as a financing cash flow, rather than as an operating cash flow.  

61  

   
Table of Contents  

Reclassifications. Certain accounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentations.  

Recent Accounting Changes.  

Troubled Debt Restructuring. In April 2011, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2011-02, “A Creditor’s Determination of 
Whether a Restructuring Is a Troubled Debt Restructuring”. This accounting guidance provides for clarification and guidance for evaluating 
whether a restructuring constitutes a troubled debt restructuring. The guidance specifically states that a creditor must separately conclude that 
both of the following conditions exist for a restructuring to constitute a troubled debt restructuring: 1) the restructuring constitutes a concession 
and 2) the debtor is experiencing financial difficulties. The amendments in this ASU are effective for the first interim or annual period beginning 
on or after June 15, 2011 and should be applied retrospectively to restructurings occurring on or after the beginning of the fiscal year of 
adoption. The impact on the allowance for loan and lease losses as a result of the identification of additional troubled debt restructurings, if any, 
is to be applied prospectively for the first interim or annual period beginning on or after June 15, 2011. Additionally, pursuant to ASU No. 2011-
01, “Receivables: Deferral of the Effective Date of Disclosures about Troubled Debt Restructurings in Update No. 2010-20”, the disclosures 
about the credit quality of financing receivables and the allowance for credit losses previously deferred for troubled debt restructurings, is also 
effective for reporting periods beginning on or after June 15, 2011. The Corporation’s adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on 
the consolidated financial condition and results of operations. Refer to Note 4 — Loan and Lease Receivables, Impaired Loans and Leases 
and Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses for enhanced disclosures regarding troubled debt restructurings.  

Fair Value Measurement . In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-04, “Fair Value Measurement: Amendments to Achieve Common Fair 
Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in the U.S. GAAP and IFRSs”. This update was issued primarily to provide largely identical 
guidance about fair value measurement and disclosure requirements for International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) and U.S. GAAP. 
The new standards do not extend the use of fair value but rather provide guidance about how fair value should be determined where it already is 
required or permitted under IFRS or U.S. GAAP. For U.S. GAAP, most of the changes are clarifications of existing guidance or wording 
changes to align with IFRS. Public companies are required to apply the standard prospectively for interim and annual periods beginning after 
December 15, 2011. Early adoption is not permitted. In the period of adoption, disclosure is required for changes in any valuation technique and 
related inputs that result from applying the standard. Quantification of the total effect should be made. The Corporation is currently evaluating 
the impact of this accounting guidance.  

Comprehensive Income. In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-05, “Comprehensive Income”. This accounting guidance is intended to 
improve the comparability, consistency, and transparency of financial reporting and to increase the prominence of items reported in other 
comprehensive income. The amendments require that all non-owner changes in stockholders’ equity be presented either in a single continuous 
statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. The current practice of presenting the components of other 
comprehensive income as part of the statement of changes in stockholders’ equity is no longer permitted. This amendment does not change the 
items that must be reported in the other comprehensive income or when an item of other comprehensive income must be reclassified to net 
income. This amendment will be applied retrospectively and is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years, beginning after 
December 15, 2011. Early adoption is permitted. The Corporation has adopted the provisions of this statement.  

Note 2 – Cash and Cash Equivalents. Cash and due from banks was approximately $16.7 million and $9.5 million at December 31, 2011 and 
2010, respectively. Required reserves in the form of either vault cash or deposits held at the Federal Reserve Bank were $554,000 and $154,000 
at December 31, 2011 and 2010. Short-term investments, considered cash equivalents, were $113.4 and $41.4 million at December 31, 2011 and 
2010, respectively. During 2011 and 2010, the Federal Reserve paid interest on deposits held. Federal Reserve balances were $113.2 million and 
$40.8 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, and are included in short-term investments on the consolidated balance sheets. 
Federal funds sold at December 31, 2011 and 2010 was $217,000 and $0, respectively.  

62  

   
   
Table of Contents  

Note 3 – Securities  

The amortized cost and estimated fair values of securities available-for-sale are as follows:  

Amortized  
cost 

As of December 31, 2011 
Gross  
unrealized  

Gross  
unrealized  
holding losses        

holding gains          

Estimated  
fair value 

Municipal obligations  
Collateralized mortgage obligations – government agencies  
Collateralized mortgage obligations – government-sponsored enterprises  

Collateralized mortgage obligations – government agencies  
Collateralized mortgage obligations – government sponsored enterprises  

     $ 

     $ 

2,736         $ 
161,443           
2,169           
166,348         $ 

(In Thousands) 
95         $ 
4,022           
—             
4,117         $ 

—         $ 
(64 )       
(15 )       
(79 )     $ 

2,831    
165,401    
2,154    
170,386    

Amortized  
cost 

As of December 31, 2010 
Gross  
unrealized  
holding gains          

Gross  
unrealized  
holding losses        

Estimated  
fair value 

     $ 

     $ 

149,948         $ 
591           
150,539         $ 

(In Thousands) 
3,255         $ 
12           
3,267         $ 

(427 )     $ 
—           
(427 )     $ 

152,776    
603    
153,379    

Collateralized mortgage obligations – government agencies include securities issued by GNMA. Collateralized mortgage obligations – 
government sponsored enterprises include securities issued by FHLMC and FNMA. Municipal obligations include securities issued by various 
municipalities located within the State of Wisconsin and are tax-exempt general obligation bonds. No securities were sold during the years ended 
December 31, 2011 and 2010.  

Securities with carrying values aggregating approximately $19.6 million and $30.8 million were pledged to secure interest rate swap contracts, 
FHLB advances and client letters of credit at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Securities pledged also provide for future availability 
for additional advances from the FHLB.  

Unrealized holding gains, net of tax effect, included in accumulated other comprehensive income at December 31, 2011 and 2010 were $2.5 
million and $1.8 million, respectively.  

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of securities available-for-sale by contractual maturity at December 31, 2011 are shown below. 
Actual maturities may differ from contractual maturities because issuers have the right to call or prepay obligations without call or prepayment 
fees.  

Due in one year or less  
Due in one year through five years  
Due in five through ten years  
Due in over ten years  

63  

     Amortized cost         

Estimated  
fair value 

(In Thousands) 

     $ 

     $ 

—           $ 
309           
5,486           
160,553           
166,348         $ 

—      
316    
5,590    
164,480    
170,386    

   
   
   
  
     
  
  
     
        
  
  
     
  
       
       
      
    
   
  
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
   
    
    
  
      
    
   
  
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
   
    
    
  
  
     
  
  
     
        
  
  
     
  
       
      
    
   
  
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
   
    
    
  
      
    
   
  
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
   
    
    
  
  
  
  
     
  
       
       
       
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
Table of Contents  

The tables below shows the Corporation’s gross unrealized losses and fair value of investments, aggregated by investment category and length of 
time that individual investments have been in a continuous unrealized loss position at December 31, 2011 and 2010. At December 31, 2011 and 
December 31, 2010, the Corporation had 9 of 155 and 17 of 133 securities that were in an unrealized loss position, respectively. Such securities 
have declined in value due to current interest rate environments and not credit quality and do not presently represent realized losses. At 
December 31, 2011 the Corporation did not hold any securities that have been in a continuous loss position for twelve months or greater. The 
Corporation also has not specifically identified securities in a loss position for sale in the near term and does not believe that it will be required to 
sell any such securities. It is expected that the Corporation will recover the entire amortized cost basis of each security based upon an evaluation 
of the present value of the expected future cash flows. Accordingly, no other than temporary impairment was recorded in the consolidated results 
of operations for the year ended December 31, 2011. If the Corporation determines that any of the above investments are deemed to be other-
than-temporarily impaired, the impairment loss associated with credit losses will be recognized in the consolidated statements of income while 
the portion of impairment related to other factors will be recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income.  

Less than 12 months 

Unrealized  
losses 

      Fair value 

         Fair value 

Unrealized  
losses 

         Fair value 

Total 

Unrealized  
losses 

As of December 31, 2011 
12 months or longer 

Collateralized mortgage obligations – 

government issued  

Collateralized mortgage obligations – 
government sponsored agencies  

     $ 

16,336         $ 

64         $ 

—           $ 

—           $ 

16,336         $ 

2,076           
18,412         $ 

     $ 

15           
79         $ 

—             
—           $ 

—             
—           $ 

2,076           
18,412         $ 

64    

15    
79    

(In Thousands) 

Less than 12 months 

Unrealized  
losses 

      Fair value 

         Fair value 

Unrealized  
losses 

         Fair value 

Total 

Unrealized  
losses 

As of December 31, 2010 
12 months or longer 

Collateralized mortgage obligations – 

government issued  

     $ 
     $ 

31,862         $ 
31,862         $ 

427         $ 
427         $ 

—           $ 
—           $ 

—           $ 
—           $ 

31,862         $ 
31,862         $ 

427    
427    

(In Thousands) 

64  

   
   
  
     
  
  
     
        
        
  
  
        
        
        
  
  
     
  
       
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
  
     
  
  
     
        
        
  
  
        
        
        
  
  
     
  
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
Table of Contents  

Note 4 – Loan and Lease Receivables, Impaired Loans and Leases and Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses  

Loan and lease receivables consist of the following:  

Commercial real estate loans:  

Commercial real estate – owner occupied  
Commercial real estate – non-owner occupied  
Construction and land development  
Multi-family  
1-4 family  

Total commercial real estate loans  

Commercial and industrial loans  

Direct financing leases, net  

Other loans:  

Home equity loans and second mortgage loans  
Other  

Total other loans  

Less:  

Total gross loans and lease receivables  

Allowance for loan and lease losses  
Deferred loan fees  

Loans and lease receivables, net  

     $ 

December 31, 

2011 

2010 

(In Thousands) 

150,528         $ 
304,597           
38,124           
43,905           
43,513           
580,667           

152,560    
307,307    
61,645    
43,012    
53,849    
618,373    

237,099           

225,921    

17,128           

19,288    

4,970           
11,682           
16,652           

5,091    
9,315    
14,406    

851,546           

877,988    

14,155           
704           
836,687         $ 

16,271    
782    
860,935    

     $ 

The total principal amount of loans transferred to third parties, which consisted solely of participation interests in originated loans, during the 
years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 was $29.0 and $49.3 million, respectively. Each of the transfers of these financial assets met the 
qualifications for sale accounting and therefore $29.0 million and $49.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, 
were derecognized in the consolidated financial statements. The Corporation has a continuing involvement in each of the agreements by way of 
relationship management and servicing the loans; however, there are no further obligations required of the Corporation in the event of default, 
other than standard representations and warranties related to amounts sold. The loans were transferred at their fair value and no gain or loss was 
recognized upon the transfer as the participation interest was transferred at or near the date of loan origination. There were no other significant 
purchases or sales of loan and lease receivables or transfers to loans held for sale during 2011 and 2010.  

The total amount of outstanding loans transferred to third parties as loan participations at December 31, 2011 and 2010 was $49.2 and $56.0 
million, respectively, all of which were treated as a sale and derecognized under the applicable accounting guidance in effect at the time of the 
transfers of the financial assets. The Corporation continues to have involvement with these loans by way of the relationship management and all 
servicing responsibilities. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the total amount of the retained portion of loan participations sold on the 
Corporation’s balance sheet was $74.6 million and $68.1 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, $3.4 million and $3.6 
million, respectively, of the loans in this participation sold portfolio were considered impaired and the Corporation has recognized a total of 
$2.7million of charge-offs associated with the retained portion of this pool of loans as measured by the Corporation’s allowance for loan and 
lease loss measurement process and policies. The Corporation does not share in the participant’s portion of the charge-offs.  

Certain of the Corporation’s executive officers, directors and their related interests are loan clients of the Banks. As of December 31, 2011 and 
2010, loans aggregating approximately $11.3 million and $17.9 million, respectively, were outstanding to such parties. New loans granted to 
such parties during 2011 and 2010 were approximately $181,000 and $369,000 and repayments on such loans were approximately $6.8 million 
and $1.8 million, respectively. These loans were made in the ordinary course of business and on substantially the same terms as those prevailing 
for comparable transactions with other clients. None of these loans were considered impaired.  

65  

   
   
  
     
  
  
     
        
  
  
     
  
     
     
       
       
       
       
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
       
       
       
     
     
       
       
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
       
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
       
     
     
       
       
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
Table of Contents  

The following information illustrates ending balances of the Corporation’s loan and lease portfolio, including impaired loans by class of 
receivable, and considering certain credit quality indicators as of December 31, 2011 and 2010:  

December 31, 2011 

Commercial real estate:  

Commercial real estate – owner occupied  
Commercial real estate – non-owner occupied  
Construction and land development  
Multi-family  
1-4 family  

Commercial and industrial  

Direct financing leases, net  

Other:  

Home equity and second mortgages  
Other  

Total portfolio  

Rating as a % of total portfolio  

December 31, 2010 

Commercial real estate:  

Commercial real estate – owner occupied  
Commercial real estate – non-owner occupied  
Construction and land development  
Multi-family  
1-4 family  

Commercial and industrial  

Direct financing leases, net  

Other:  

Home equity and second mortgages  
Other  

Total portfolio  

Rating as a % of total portfolio  

I 

II 

Category 

III 
(Dollars in Thousands) 

IV 

Total 

     $ 

117,065       $ 
236,868         
20,660         
34,162         
23,266         

16,488       $ 
34,823         
5,367         
6,930         
11,637         

14,004       $ 
30,657         
4,867         
804         
4,993         

2,971       $ 
2,249         
7,230         
2,009         
3,617         

150,528    
304,597    
38,124    
43,905    
43,513    

198,018         

25,070         

12,453         

1,558         

237,099    

11,398         

5,026         

686         

18         

17,128    

3,524         
10,459         

188         
—           

256         
—           

1,002         
1,223         

4,970    
11,682    

     $ 

655,420       $ 

105,529       $ 

68,720       $ 

21,877       $ 

851,546    

76.97 %      

12.39 %      

8.07 %      

2.57 %      

100.00 %  

I 

II 

Category 

III 
(Dollars in Thousands) 

IV 

Total 

     $ 

113,002       $ 
232,868         
39,662         
31,472         
33,310         

25,777       $ 
36,128         
7,838         
6,049         
11,973         

6,780       $ 
33,167         
4,870         
1,305         
4,329         

7,001       $ 
5,144         
9,275         
4,186         
4,237         

152,560    
307,307    
61,645    
43,012    
53,849    

183,051         

24,460         

11,974         

6,436         

225,921    

12,666         

6,403         

219         

—           

19,288    

3,726         
7,359         

134         
50         

292         
—           

939         
1,906         

5,091    
9,315    

     $ 

657,116       $ 

118,812       $ 

62,936       $ 

39,124       $ 

877,988    

74.84 %      

13.53 %      

7.17 %      

4.46 %      

100.00 %  

Credit underwriting through a committee process is a key component of the operating philosophy of the Corporation. Business development 
officers have relatively low individual lending authority limits, therefore requiring that a significant portion of the Corporation’s new credit 
extensions be approved through various committees depending on the type of loan or lease, amount of the credit, and the related complexities of 
each proposal. In addition, the Corporation makes every effort to ensure that there is adequate collateral at the time of origination to protect the 
Corporation’s interest in the related loan or lease.  

66  

   
   
  
     
  
    
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
     
  
  
  
  
       
       
       
       
       
       
     
  
  
  
  
       
       
      
    
    
  
  
   
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
   
  
      
    
    
  
  
   
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
   
  
       
  
     
  
    
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
     
  
  
  
  
       
       
       
       
       
       
     
  
  
  
  
       
       
      
    
    
  
  
   
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
   
  
      
    
    
  
  
   
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
   
  
       
Table of Contents  

Upon origination, subsequent renewals, evaluation of updated financial information from our borrowers, or as other circumstances dictate, each 
credit is continually evaluated for proper risk rating. The Corporation uses a nine grade risk rating system to monitor the ongoing credit quality 
of its loans and leases. The risk rating grades follow a consistent definition, but are then applied to specific loan types based on the nature of the 
loan. Each risk rating is subjective and depending on the size and nature of the credit subject to various levels of review and concurrence on the 
stated risk rating. Depending on the type of loan and related risk rating, loans are grouped into four categories, which indicate the level and 
nature of review by management.  

Category I – Loans and leases in this category are performing in accordance with the terms of the contract and generally exhibit no immediate 
concerns regarding the security and viability of the underlying collateral of the debt, financial stability of the borrower, integrity or strength of 
the borrower’s management team or the business industry in which the borrower operates. Loans and leases in this category are not subject to 
additional monitoring procedures above and beyond what is required at the origination of the loan or lease. Category I loans and leases are 
monitored through payment performance along with personal relationships with our borrowers and monitoring of financial results or other 
documents or procedures required per the terms of the agreement.  

Category II – Loans and leases in this category are beginning to show signs of deterioration in one or more of the Corporation’s core 
underwriting criteria such as financial stability, management strength, industry trends and collateral values. Management will place credits in this 
category to allow for proactive monitoring and resolution with the borrower to possibly mitigate the area of concern and prevent further 
deterioration or risk of loss to the Corporation. Category II loans are monitored frequently by the assigned business development officer and by a 
subcommittee of the Banks’ loan committees and are considered performing.  

Category III – Loans and leases in this category may be classified by the Banks’ regulatory examiners or identified by the Corporation’s business 
development officers and senior management as warranting special attention. Category III loans and leases generally exhibit undesirable 
characteristics such as evidence of adverse financial trends and conditions, managerial problems, deteriorating economic conditions within the 
related industry, evidence of adverse public filings and may exhibit collateral shortfall positions. Management continues to believe that it will 
collect all required principal and interest in accordance with the original terms of the contract and therefore Category III loans are considered 
performing and no specific reserves are established for this category. This portfolio of loans is monitored on a monthly basis by management, 
loan committees of the Banks, as well as by the Banks’ Board of Directors.  

Category IV—Loans and leases in this category are considered impaired. Impaired loans and leases have been placed on non-accrual as 
management has determined that it is unlikely that the Banks will receive the required principal and interest in accordance with the contractual 
terms of the contract. Impaired loans are individually evaluated to assess the need for the establishment of specific reserves or charge-offs. When 
analyzing the adequacy of collateral, the Corporation obtains external appraisals at least annually for impaired loans and leases. External 
appraisals are obtained from the Corporation’s approved appraiser listing and are independently reviewed to monitor the quality of such 
appraisals. To the extent a collateral shortfall position is present, a specific reserve or charge-off will be recorded to reflect the magnitude of the 
impairment. Loans and leases in this category are monitored on a monthly basis by management, loan committees of the Banks, as well as the 
Banks’ Board of Directors.  

67  

   
Table of Contents  

The delinquency aging of the loan and lease portfolio by class of receivable as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 is as follows:  

As of December 31, 2011 

30-59  
days past  
due 

60-89  
days past  
due 

Greater  
than 90  
days past  
due 
(Dollars In Thousands) 

Total  
past due 

   Current 

Total  
loans 

Accruing loans and leases  
Commercial Real Estate:  

Owner occupied  
Non-owner occupied  
Construction and land development  
Multi-family  
1-4 family  
Commercial & Industrial  
Direct financing leases, net  
Other:  

Home equity and second mortgages  
Other  

Total  

Non-accruing loans and leases  
Commercial Real Estate:  

Owner occupied  
Non-owner occupied  
Construction and land development  
Multi-family  
1-4 family  
Commercial & Industrial  
Direct financing leases, net  
Other:  

Home equity and second mortgages  
Other  

Total  

Total loans and leases  
Commercial Real Estate:  

Owner occupied  
Non-owner occupied  
Construction and land development  
Multi-family  
1-4 family  
Commercial & Industrial  
Direct financing leases, net  
Other:  

Home equity and second mortgages  
Other  

Total  

Percent of portfolio  

     $ 

     $ 

     $ 

     $ 

3,942 

106       $ 
—           
(1) 
—           
—           
25         
—           

—           
—           
4,073         

—         $ 
—           
114         
—           
404         
21         
—           

—           
—           
539         

106       $ 
—           
4,056         
—           
404         
46         
—           

—           
—           
4,612       $ 
0.54 %      

—         $ 
131         
—           
—           
—           
—           
—           

—           
—           
131         

—         $ 
155         
515         
—           
224         
—           
—           

40         
—           
934         

—         $ 
286         
515         
—           
224         
—           
—           

40         
—           
1,065       $ 
0.12 %      

—         $ 
—           
—           
—           
—           
—           
—           

—           
—           
—           

2,011       $ 
1,625         
704         
2,009         
495         
298         
—           

315         
1,222         
8,679         

2,011       $ 
1,625         
704         
2,009         
495         
298         
—           

315         
1,222         
8,679       $ 
1.02 %      

106       $ 
131         
3,942         
—           
—           
25         
—           

147,450       $ 
302,217         
26,953         
41,896         
40,007         
235,516         
17,110         

147,556    
302,348    
30,895    
41,896    
40,007    
235,541    
17,110    

—           
—           
4,204         

3,968         
10,459         
825,576         

3,968    
10,459    
829,780    

2,011       $ 
1,780         
1,333         
2,009         
1,123         
319         
—           

961       $ 
469         
5,896         
—           
2,383         
1,239         
18         

2,972    
2,249    
7,229    
2,009    
3,506    
1,558    
18    

355         
1,222         
10,152         

647         
1         
11,614         

1,002    
1,223    
21,766    

2,117       $ 
1,911         
5,275         
2,009         
1,123         
344         
—           

148,411       $ 
302,686         
32,849         
41,896         
42,390         
236,755         
17,128         

150,528    
304,597    
38,124    
43,905    
43,513    
237,099    
17,128    

355         
1,222         
14,356       $ 
1.68 %      

4,615         
10,460         
837,190       $ 
98.32 %      

4,970    
11,682    
851,546    

100.00 %  

(1)  This balance represents one loan that was in the process of renewal. The loan was successfully renewed during January 2012. 

68  

   
   
   
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
       
       
      
       
       
       
       
     
  
  
  
  
  
       
       
      
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
   
  
       
      
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
   
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
       
       
       
       
       
       
     
  
  
  
  
  
       
       
      
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
   
  
       
      
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
   
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
       
       
       
       
       
       
     
  
  
  
  
  
       
       
      
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
   
  
      
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
   
  
       
Table of Contents  

As of December 31, 2011, there were no loans that were greater than 90 days past due and still accruing interest.  

As of December 31, 2010 

30-59  
days past  
due 

60-89  
days past  
due 

Greater  
than 90  
days past  
due 
(Dollars In Thousands) 

Total  
past due 

   Current 

Total  
loans 

Accruing loans and leases  
Commercial Real Estate:  

Owner occupied  
Non-owner occupied  
Construction and land development  
Multi-family  
1-4 family  
Commercial & Industrial  
Direct financing leases, net  
Other:  

Home equity and second mortgages  
Other  

Total  

Non-accruing loans and leases  
Commercial Real Estate:  

Owner occupied  
Non-owner occupied  
Construction and land development  
Multi-family  
1-4 family  
Commercial & Industrial  
Direct financing leases, net  
Other:  

Home equity and second mortgages  
Other  

Total  

Total loans and leases  
Commercial Real Estate:  

Owner occupied  
Non-owner occupied  
Construction and land development  
Multi-family  
1-4 family  
Commercial & Industrial  
Direct financing leases, net  
Other:  

Home equity and second mortgages  
Other  

Total  

Percent of portfolio  

     $ 

     $ 

     $ 

—         $ 
—           
—           
—           
603         
58         
—           

—           
4         
665         

—         $ 
—           
850         
—           
75         
122         
—           

—           
—           
1,047         

—         $ 
—           
850         
—           
678         
180         
—           

—           
4         
1,712       $ 

     $ 

—         $ 
448         
1         
—           
—           
—           
—           

—           
—           
449         

—         $ 
—           
420         
—           
—           
1,304         
—           

—           
—           
1,724         

—         $ 
448         
421         
—           
—           
1,304         
—           

—           
—           
2,173       $ 

—         $ 
—           
—           
—           
—           
—           
—           

—           
—           
—           

—         $ 
448         
1         
—           
603         
58         
—           

146,277       $ 
301,715         
52,369         
38,826         
49,009         
219,427         
19,288         

146,227    
302,163    
52,370    
38,826    
49,612    
219,485    
19,288    

—           
4         
1,114         

4,152         
7,405         
838,468         

4,152    
7,409    
839,582    

2,949       $ 
2,222         
1,136         
1,041         
1,900         
1,702         
—           

2,949       $ 
2,222         
2,406         
1,041         
1,975         
3,128         
—           

3,334       $ 
2,922         
6,869         
3,145         
2,262         
3,308         
—           

6,283    
5,144    
9,275    
4,186    
4,237    
6,436    
—      

257         
1,848         
13,055         

257         
1,848         
15,826         

682         
58         
25,580         

939    
1,906    
38,406    

2,949       $ 
2,222         
1,136         
1,041         
1,900         
1,702         
—           

2,949       $ 
2,670         
2,407         
1,041         
2,578         
3,186         
—           

149,611       $ 
304,637         
59,238         
41,971         
51,271         
222,735         
19,288         

152,560    
307,307    
61,645    
43,012    
53,849    
225,921    
19,288    

257         
1,848         
13,055       $ 

257         
1,852         
16,940       $ 

4,834         
7,454         
861,048       $ 

5,091    
9,315    
877,988    

0.19 %      

0.25 %      

1.49 %      

1.93 %      

98.07 %      

100.00 %  

69  

   
   
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
       
       
       
       
       
       
     
  
  
  
  
  
       
       
      
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
   
  
       
      
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
   
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
       
       
       
       
       
       
     
  
  
  
  
  
       
       
      
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
   
  
       
      
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
   
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
       
       
       
       
       
       
     
  
  
  
  
  
       
       
      
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
   
  
      
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
   
  
       
Table of Contents  

The Corporation’s non-accrual loans and leases consist of the following at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.  

Non-accrual loans and leases  
Commercial real estate:  

Commercial real estate – owner occupied  
Commercial real estate – non-owner occupied  
Construction and land development  
Multi-family  
1-4 family  

Total non-accrual commercial real estate  

Commercial and industrial  
Direct financing leases, net  

Other:  

Home equity and second mortgage  
Other  

Total non-accrual other loans  

Total non-accrual loans and leases  
Foreclosed properties, net  
Total non-performing assets  
Performing troubled debt restructurings  

Total non-accrual loans and leases to gross loans and leases  
Total non-performing assets to total assets  
Allowance for loan and lease losses to gross loans and leases  
Allowance for loan and lease losses to non-accrual loans and leases  

70  

     $ 

     $ 
     $ 

December 31, 

2011 
2010 
(Dollars In Thousands) 

2,972       $ 
2,249         
7,229         
2,009         
3,506         
17,965         

6,283    
5,144    
9,275    
4,186    
4,237    
29,125    

1,558         
18         

6,436    
—      

1,002         
1,223         
2,225         

21,766         
2,236         
24,002       $ 
111       $ 

2.56 %      
2.04         
1.66         
65.03         

939    
1,906    
2,845    

38,406    
1,750    
40,156    
718    

4.37 %  
3.63    
1.85    
42.37    

   
   
  
     
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
     
  
     
  
     
  
       
       
       
       
      
    
    
  
  
    
   
  
       
      
    
    
  
  
    
   
  
       
       
     
  
       
       
      
    
    
  
  
    
   
  
       
      
    
    
  
  
    
   
  
       
       
      
    
    
  
  
    
   
  
      
    
    
  
  
    
   
  
      
    
    
  
  
    
   
  
       
       
       
       
Table of Contents  

As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, $13.3 million and $18.7 million of the impaired loans are considered troubled debt restructurings, 
respectively. As of December 31, 2011, there are no unfunded commitments associated with troubled debt restructuring credits.  

As of December 31, 2011 
Pre-  
Modification  
Recorded  
Investment 

Number  
of  
Loans 

Post-  
Modification  
Recorded  
Investment 

Number  
of  
Loans 
(Dollars in Thousands) 

As of December 31, 2010 
Pre-  
Modification  
Recorded  
Investment 

Post-  
Modification  
Recorded  
Investment 

Troubled debt restructurings:  
Commercial real estate  

Commercial real estate – owner 

occupied  

Commercial real estate – non-owner 

occupied  

Construction and land development  
Multi-family  
1-4 family  

Commercial and industrial  
Direct financing leases, net  
Other:  

Home equity and second mortgage  
Other  

Total  

5         $ 

380         $ 

352           

2         $ 

751         $ 

718    

6           
4           
—             
15           
9           
1           

971           
8,457           
—             
3,152           
2,394           
32           

902           
5,692           
—             
3,031           
1,393           
18           

3           
1           
1           
12           
8           
—             

2,863           
8,601           
1,434           
3,092           
4,408           
—             

2,764    
7,210    
1,213    
2,672    
2,497    
—      

8           
1           
49         $ 

865           
2,076           
18,327         $ 

813           
1,222           
13,423           

6           
4           
37         $ 

562           
3,140           
24,851         $ 

501    
1,827    
19,402    

As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, there were no troubled debt restructurings that subsequently defaulted on their modified obligation. For the 
year ended December 31, 2011, the primary reason for troubled debt restructuring classification is due to the Banks’ decision to provide below 
market interest rates to assist the borrowers in managing their cash flow as well as extensions of credit either through additional dollars or an 
extension of time when additional collateral or other evidence of repayment was not available. The Corporation adopted this disclosure standard 
as of July 1, 2011. As a result of the adoption of the accounting standard, four additional loans with a post modification balance of $1.9 million 
were identified. These additional new loans did not have a material impact on the Corporation’s provision for loan and lease losses expense for 
the nine months ended September 30, 2011, and the allowance for loan and lease losses at September 30, 2011 as the majority of the new loans 
identified were previously identified as impaired but not necessarily with a troubled debt restructuring designation and were therefore already 
evaluated in accordance with the Corporation’s reserve methodology.  

71  

   
   
  
     
        
  
  
     
        
        
        
        
        
  
  
     
  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
     
     
     
     
     
     
       
       
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
      
   
    
  
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
       
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
      
   
    
  
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
Table of Contents  

The following represents additional information regarding the Corporation’s impaired loans and leases by class:  

Impaired Loans and Leases For the  
Year Ended December 31, 2011 

Recorded  
investment 

Unpaid  
principal  
balance 

Impairment  
reserve 

Average  
recorded  
(1) 
investment 
(In Thousands) 

Foregone  
interest  
income 

Interest  
income  
recognized 

Net  
Foregone  
Interest  
Income 

With no impairment reserve recorded:     
Commercial real estate:  
Owner occupied  
Non-owner occupied  
Construction and land development       
Multi-family  
1-4 family  

  $ 

Commercial and industrial  
Direct financing leases, net  
Other:  

Home equity loans and second 

mortgages  

Other  

Total  

With impairment reserve recorded:  
Commercial real estate:  
Owner occupied  
Non-owner occupied  
Construction and land development       
Multi-family  
1-4 family  

  $ 

Commercial and industrial  
Direct financing leases, net  
Other:  

Home equity loans and second 

mortgages  

Other  

Total  

Total:  
Commercial real estate:  
Owner occupied  
Non-owner occupied  
Construction and land development       
Multi-family  
1-4 family  

  $ 

Commercial and industrial  
Direct financing leases, net  
Other:  

2,455      $ 
2,249        
6,383        
2,009        
2,628        
1,139        
—          

3,669      $ 
4,081        
9,927        
2,246        
3,016        
1,320        
—          

—        $ 
—          
—          
—          
—          
—          
—          

5,177      $ 
5,261        
7,974        
3,075        
3,160        
3,820        
—          

450      $ 
424        
350        
362        
277        
384        
—          

803        
1,222        
18,888        

827        
1,682        
26,768        

—          
—          
—          

884        
1,691        
31,042        

62        
138        
2,447        

517      $ 
—          
846        
—          
989        
419        
18        

517      $ 
—          
846        
—          
989        
419        
18        

199        
1        
2,989        

199        
1        
2,989        

2,972      $ 
2,249        
7,229        
2,009        
3,617        
1,558        
18        

4,186      $ 
4,081        
10,773        
2,246        
4,005        
1,739        
18        

13      $ 
—          
130        
34        
337        
276        
18        

79        
1        
888        

13      $ 
—          
130        
34        
337        
276        
18        

358      $ 
—          
483        
287        
1,017        
384        
13        

208        
1        
2,751        

5,535      $ 
5,261        
8,457        
3,362        
4,177        
4,204        
13        

81      $ 
—          
48        
—          
61        
24        
1        

20        
—          
235        

531      $ 
424        
398        
362        
338        
408        
1        

Home equity loans and second 

mortgages  

Other  

Grand total  

1,002        
1,223        
21,877      $ 

1,026        
1,683        
29,757      $ 

  $ 

79        
1        
888      $ 

1,092        
1,692        
33,793      $ 

82        
138        
2,682      $ 

72  

200      $ 
—          
48        
—          
108        
424        
—          

1        
6        
787        

—        $ 
—          
—          
—          
—          
—          
—          

—          
—          
—          

200      $ 
—          
48        
—          
108        
424        
—          

1        
6        
787      $ 

250    
424    
302    
362    
169    
(40 )  
—      

61    
132    
1,660    

81    
—      
48    
—      
61    
24    
1    

20    
—      
235    

331    
424    
350    
362    
230    
(16 )  
1    

81    
132    
1,895    

   
   
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
     
     
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
    
   
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
   
    
  
    
  
    
   
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
   
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
    
   
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
   
    
  
    
  
    
   
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
   
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
    
   
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
   
    
  
  
    
   
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
   
    
  
Table of Contents  

Impaired Loans and Leases  
For the Year Ended December 31, 2010 

Recorded  
investment 

Unpaid  
principal  
balance 

Impairment  
reserve 

Average  
recorded  
(1) 
investment 
(In Thousands) 

Foregone  
interest  
income 

Interest  
income  
recognized 

Net  
Foregone  
Interest  
Income 

With no impairment reserve recorded:     
Commercial real estate:  
Owner occupied  
Non-owner occupied  
Construction and land development       
Multi-family  
1-4 family  

  $ 

Commercial and industrial  
Direct financing leases, net  
Other  

Home equity loans and second 

mortgages  

Other  

Total  

With impairment reserve recorded:  
Commercial real estate:  
Owner occupied  
Non-owner occupied  
Construction and land development       
Multi-family  
1-4 family  

  $ 

Commercial and industrial  
Direct financing leases, net  
Other:  

Home equity loans and second 

mortgages  

Other  
Total  

Total:  
Commercial real estate:  
Owner occupied  
Non-owner occupied  
Construction and land development       
Multi-family  
1-4 family  

  $ 

Commercial and industrial  
Direct financing leases, net  
Other:  

5,180      $ 
380        
2,932        
1,214        
3,153        
4,460        
—          

5,364      $ 
380        
4,499        
1,769        
3,397        
5,396        
—          

—        $ 
—          
—          
—          
—          
—          
—          

5,620      $ 
160        
2,389        
1,926        
3,128        
5,975        
—          

405      $ 
20        
246        
211        
273        
405        
—          

555        
1,875        
19,749        

596        
2,106        
23,507        

—          
—          
—          

586        
2,913        
22,697        

43        
197        
1,800        

1,821      $ 
4,764        
6,343        
2,972        
1,084        
1,976        
—          

1,821      $ 
4,764        
7,764        
3,796        
1,084        
1,976        
—          

103      $ 
1,414        
177        
521        
364        
679        
—          

1,838      $ 
1,831        
658        
1,228        
612        
448        
—          

384        
31        
19,375        

384        
31        
21,620        

169        
32        
3,459        

383        
19        
7,017        

7,001      $ 
5,144        
9,275        
4,186        
4,237        
6,436        
—          

7,185      $ 
5,144        
12,263        
5,565        
4,481        
7,372        
—          

103      $ 
1,414        
177        
521        
364        
679        
—          

7,458      $ 
1,991        
3,047        
3,154        
3,740        
6,423        
—          

142      $ 
226        
157        
167        
38        
138        
—          

33        
1        
902        

547      $ 
246        
403        
378        
311        
543        
—          

Home equity loans and second 

mortgages  

Other  

Grand total  

939        
1,906        
39,124      $ 

980        
2,137        
45,127      $ 

169        
32        
3,459      $ 

969        
2,932        
29,714      $ 

76        
198        
2,702      $ 

  $ 

18      $ 
—          
—          
—          
—          
83        
1        

—          
—          
102        

—        $ 
—          
—          
—          
—          
—          
—          

—          
—          
—          

18      $ 
—          
—          
—          
—          
83        
1        

—          
—          
102      $ 

387    
20    
246    
211    
273    
322    
(1 )  

43    
197    
1,698    

142    
226    
157    
167    
38    
138    
—      

33    
1    
902    

529    
246    
403    
378    
311    
460    
(1 )  

76    
198    
2,600    

(1) 

   Average recorded investment is calculated primarily using daily average balances.  

The difference between the loans and leases recorded investment and the unpaid principal balance as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 of $7.9 
million and $6.0 million, respectively, represents partial charge-offs resulting from confirmed losses due to the value of the collateral securing 
the loans and leases being below the carrying values of the loans and leases. Impaired loans and leases also included $111,000 and $718,000 of 
loans that are performing troubled debt restructurings, and thus not on non-accrual, but are reported as impaired, due to the concession in terms.  

To determine the level and composition of the allowance for loan and lease losses, the Corporation breaks out the portfolio by segments and risk 
ratings. First, loans and leases are evaluated for potential impairment classification. Once a loan or lease is determined to be impaired, the 
Corporation then analyzes the impaired loans and leases on an individual basis to determine a specific reserve based upon the estimated value of 
the underlying collateral for collateral-dependent loans, or alternatively, the present value of expected cash flows. Historical trends of the 
previously identified factors are applied to each category of loans and leases that has not been specifically evaluated for the purpose of 
establishing the general portion of the allowance.  

   
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
     
     
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
    
   
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
   
    
  
    
  
    
   
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
   
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
    
   
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
   
    
  
    
  
    
   
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
   
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
    
   
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
   
    
  
  
    
   
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
   
    
  
73  

   
Table of Contents  

A summary of the activity in the allowance for loan and lease losses by portfolio segment is as follows:  

As of December 31, 2011 

Commercial  
real estate 

Commercial  
and  industrial   

Other 
(Dollars in Thousands) 

Direct  
Financing  
Lease, Net 

Total 

Allowance for credit losses:  
Beginning balance  
Charge-offs  
Recoveries  
Provision  
Ending Balance  

     $ 

     $ 

Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment  
     $ 
Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment  
     $ 
Ending balance: loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality      $ 

Loans and lease receivables:  
Ending balance, gross  
     $ 
Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment  
     $ 
Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment  
     $ 
Ending balance: loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality      $ 

11,267       $ 
(6,334 )       
302         
4,319         
9,554       $ 

514       $ 
9,040       $ 
—         $ 

4,277       $ 
(475 )       
473         
(298 )       
3,977       $ 

276       $ 
3,701       $ 
—         $ 

482       $ 
(421 )       
70         
253         
384       $ 

80       $ 
304       $ 
—         $ 

245       $ 
—           
19         
(24 )       
240       $ 

18       $ 
222       $ 
—         $ 

16,271    
(7,230 )  
864    
4,250    
14,155    

888    
13,267    
—      

580,667       $ 
18,076       $ 
562,591       $ 
—         $ 

237,099       $ 
1,558       $ 
235,541       $ 
—         $ 

16,652       $ 
2,225       $ 
14,427       $ 
—         $ 

17,128       $ 
18       $ 
17,110       $ 
—         $ 

851,546    
21,877    
829,669    
—      

Allowance as % of gross loans  

1.65 %      

1.68 %      

2.31 %      

1.40 %      

1.66 %  

74  

   
   
  
     
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
     
  
  
  
  
       
       
       
      
    
    
  
  
   
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
   
  
      
    
    
  
  
   
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
   
  
      
    
    
  
  
   
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
   
  
      
    
    
  
  
   
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
   
  
      
    
    
  
  
   
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
   
  
     
  
  
  
  
      
    
    
  
  
   
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
   
  
      
    
    
  
  
   
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
   
  
      
    
    
  
  
   
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
   
  
      
    
    
  
  
   
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
   
  
       
Table of Contents  

Allowance for credit losses:  
Beginning balance  
Charge-offs  
Recoveries  
Provision  
Ending Balance  

Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment  
     $ 
Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment  
     $ 
Ending balance: loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality      $ 

Loans and lease receivables:  
Ending balance, gross  
     $ 
Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment  
     $ 
Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment  
     $ 
Ending balance: loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality      $ 
Allowance as % of gross loans  

As of December 31, 2010 

Commercial  
real estate 

Commercial  
and  industrial   

Other 
(Dollars in Thousands) 

Direct  
Financing  
Lease, Net 

Total 

     $ 

     $ 

8,828       $ 
(4,023 )       
39         
6,423         
11,267       $ 

2,579       $ 
8,688       $ 
—         $ 

4,283       $ 
(352 )       
265         
81         
4,277       $ 

679       $ 
3,598       $ 
—         $ 

659       $ 
(835 )       
1         
657         
482       $ 

201       $ 
281       $ 
—         $ 

354       $ 
—           
8         
(117 )       
245       $ 

—         $ 
245       $ 
—         $ 

14,124    
(5,210 )  
313    
7,044    
16,271    

3,459    
12,812    
—      

618,373       $ 
29,843       $ 
588,530       $ 
—         $ 
1.82 %      

225,921       $ 
6,436       $ 
219,485       $ 
—         $ 
1.89 %      

14,406       $ 
2,845       $ 
11,561       $ 
—         $ 
3.35 %      

19,288       $ 
—         $ 
19,288       $ 
—         $ 
1.27 %      

877,988    
39,124    
838,864    
—      
1.85 %  

The Corporation’s net investment in direct financing leases consists of the following:  

Minimum lease payments receivable  
Estimated unguaranteed residual values in leased property  
Initial direct costs  
Less unearned lease and residual income  

Investment in commercial direct financing leases  

As of December 31, 

2011 

2010 

(In Thousands) 

     $ 

     $ 

13,483       $ 
5,313         
25         
(1,693 )       
17,128       $ 

15,161    
6,083    
48    
(2,004 )  
19,288    

There were no impairments of residual value of leased property during 2011 and 2010.  

The Corporation leases equipment under direct financing leases expiring in future years. Some of these leases provide for additional rents, based 
on use in excess of a stipulated minimum number of hours, and generally allow the lessees to purchase the equipment for fair value at the end of 
the lease term.  

75  

   
   
  
     
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
     
  
  
  
  
       
       
       
      
    
    
  
  
   
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
   
  
      
    
    
  
  
   
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
   
  
      
    
    
  
  
   
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
   
  
      
    
    
  
  
   
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
   
  
      
    
    
  
  
   
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
   
  
     
  
  
  
  
      
    
    
  
  
   
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
   
  
      
    
    
  
  
   
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
   
  
      
    
    
  
  
   
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
   
  
      
    
    
  
  
   
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
   
  
       
  
     
  
  
     
      
  
  
     
  
       
       
       
      
   
    
  
   
   
    
  
      
   
    
  
   
   
    
  
Table of Contents  

Future aggregate maturities of minimum lease payments to be received are as follows (In Thousands):  

Maturities during year ended December 31, 

2012  
2013  
2014  
2015  
2016  
Thereafter  

Note 5 – Leasehold Improvements and Equipment  

A summary of leasehold improvements and equipment at December 31, 2011 and 2010 is as follows:  

Leasehold improvements  
Furniture and equipment  

Less: accumulated depreciation  

Total leasehold improvements and equipment  

Note 6 – Goodwill and Intangible Assets  

     $ 

     $ 

5,562    
3,624    
2,019    
1,014    
667    
597    
13,483    

As of December 31, 

2011 

2010 

(In Thousands) 

     $ 

     $ 

1,398       $ 
2,867         
4,265         
(3,266 )       
999       $ 

1,308    
2,845    
4,153    
(3,179 )  
974    

As a result of the annual impairment test conducted in June 2010, the Corporation recognized an impairment of goodwill of $2.7 million, which 
was the entire amount of goodwill recorded on the consolidated balance sheet. The goodwill impairment did not affect the Corporation’s cash 
flows, liquidity, regulatory capital, regulatory capital ratios or future performance of the Corporation nor does it affect its ability to continue to 
service its client base. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Corporation does not carry any goodwill in its consolidated balance sheet.  

The Corporation had intangible assets that were amortized consisting of core deposit intangibles and other intangibles, representing a client list 
purchased from a brokerage/investment business. Changes in the gross carrying amount, accumulated amortization and net book value of core 
deposit and other intangibles were as follows:  

Core deposit intangibles:  

Gross carrying amount  
Accumulated amortization  
Net book value  
Amortization/impairment during the period  

Other intangibles:  

Gross carrying amount  
Accumulated amortization  
Net book value  
Amortization during the period  

76  

Year Ended December 31, 
2010 
2011 

(In Thousands) 

     $ 

     $ 
     $ 

     $ 

     $ 

145       $ 
(145 )       
—         $ 
(20 )     $ 

120       $ 
(120 )       
—         $ 
(12 )     $ 

145    
(125 )  
20    
(7 )  

120    
(108 )  
12    
(12 )  

   
   
   
   
       
  
       
       
       
       
       
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
  
     
  
  
     
      
  
  
     
  
       
      
   
    
  
   
   
    
  
       
       
      
   
    
  
   
   
    
  
      
   
    
  
   
   
    
  
  
     
  
  
     
      
  
  
     
  
     
   
       
      
   
    
  
   
   
    
  
      
   
    
  
   
   
    
  
      
   
    
  
   
   
    
  
     
   
       
      
   
    
  
   
   
    
  
      
   
    
  
   
   
    
  
       
      
   
    
  
   
   
    
  
Table of Contents  

Note 7 – Other Assets  

The Corporation is a limited partner in several limited partnership investments. The Corporation is not the general partner, does not have 
controlling ownership, and is not the primary variable interest holder in any of these limited partnerships. The Corporation’s share of the 
partnerships’ income (loss) included in the consolidated statements of income for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 was $495,000 
and $(277,000), respectively. The Corporation has an equity investment in Aldine Capital Fund, LP, a mezzanine fund, of $2.2 million and $1.6 
million recorded as of December 31, 2011 and 2010. The Corporation has a remaining commitment to provide funds of $960,000 at 
December 31, 2011. In 2010, the Corporation was a limited partner in CapVest. As of December 31, 2010, the limited partners along with the 
general partner of CapVest agreed to terminate the partnership. Any remaining assets of the partnership were distributed on a pro-rata basis. The 
remaining assets of the partnership are illiquid securities and as a result, the Corporation wrote off its remaining interest in the partnership, 
recognizing a loss of $92,000 for the year ended December 31, 2010. The Corporation also has one tax-preferred limited partnership equity 
investments, Chapel Valley Senior Housing, LP. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, there was a zero cost basis remaining in this tax-preferred 
limited partnership equity investment.  

The Corporation is the sole owner of $315,000 of common securities issued by Trust II, a Delaware business trust. The purpose of Trust II was 
to complete the sale of $10.0 million of 10.5% fixed rate trust preferred securities. Trust II, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Corporation, was 
not consolidated into the financial statements of the Corporation. The investment in Trust II of $315,000 as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 is 
included in accrued interest receivable and other assets.  

A summary of accrued interest receivable and other assets is as follows:  

Accrued interest receivable  
Deferred tax assets, net  
Investment in limited partnerships  
Investment in Trust II  
Fair value of interest rate swaps  
Prepaid expenses  
Other intangibles  
Other  
Total  

As of December 31, 

2011 

2010 

(In thousands) 

     $ 

     $ 

3,525         $ 
2,482           
2,216           
315           
3,434           
1,467           
—             
3,298           
16,737         $ 

3,405    
4,897    
1,592    
315    
2,841    
3,464    
32    
3,337    
19,883    

Prepaid expenses include the FDIC insurance premium for 2010-2012 in the amount of $363,000 and $2.5 million at December 31, 2011 and 
2010. The prepaid assessment was based upon the Banks’ assessment rate in effect on September 30, 2009 and may be exhausted earlier than 
2012 based upon actual assessment base, related risk ratings and impacts of the FDIC’s final Assessments Rule issued on February 9, 2011.  

77  

   
   
  
     
  
  
     
        
  
  
     
  
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
Table of Contents  

Note 8 – Deposits  

Deposits are summarized as follows:  

Non-interest bearing transaction accounts  
Interest bearing transaction accounts  
Money market accounts  
Certificates of deposit  
Brokered certificates of deposit  

2011 
Weighted  
Average  
Balance 

Balance 

As of December 31, 

Weighted  
Average  
Rate 
(Dollars In Thousands) 

Balance 

2010 
Weighted  
Average  
Balance 

Weighted  
Average  
Rate 

     $ 

132,230         $ 
23,004           
364,082           
85,331           
446,665           

112,899           
25,389           
300,652           
80,323           
486,594           
     $  1,051,312         $  1,005,857           

0.00 %    $ 
0.28         
0.99         
1.38         
2.66         
1.70       $ 

88,529         $ 
44,429           
276,748           
79,491           
499,102           
988,298         $ 

68,546           
74,783           
258,570           
84,828           
480,709           
967,436           

0.00 %  
0.35    
1.08    
2.03    
3.32    
2.14    

A summary of annual maturities of certificates of deposit outstanding at December 31, 2011 follows (in thousands):  

Maturities during year ended December 31, 

2012  
2013  
2014  
2015  
2016  
Thereafter  

     $ 

     $ 

212,170    
144,032    
76,465    
40,558    
20,577    
38,194    
531,996    

Deposits include approximately $54.0 million and $39.2 million of certificates of deposit, including brokered deposits, which are denominated in 
amounts of $100,000 or more at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.  

78  

   
   
   
  
     
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
     
        
        
  
  
        
        
  
  
     
  
       
       
       
       
      
    
    
  
      
    
   
  
      
  
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
      
      
    
    
  
      
    
   
  
      
  
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
      
       
  
       
       
       
       
       
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
Table of Contents  

Note 9 – FHLB Advances, Other Borrowings and Junior Subordinated Debt  

The composition of borrowed funds is as follows:  

Federal funds purchased  
FHLB advances  
Line of credit  
Subordinated notes payable  
Junior subordinated notes  

Short-term borrowings  
Long-term borrowings  

2011 
Weighted  
Average  
Balance 

Balance 

As of December 31, 

Weighted  
Average  
Rate 
(Dollars In Thousands) 

Balance 

2010 
Weighted  
Average  
Balance 

Weighted  
Average  
Rate 

     $ 

     $ 

     $ 

     $ 

—             
482           
810           
39,000           
10,315           
50,607           

810         
49,797         
50,607         

252           
656           
2,236           
39,000           
10,315           
52,459           

0.90 %    $ 
5.83         
4.06         
6.12         
10.78         
6.94       $ 

—           $ 
2,494           
10           
39,000           
10,315           
51,819         $ 

—             
13,414           
10           
39,000           
10,315           
62,739           

—   %  
4.78    
4.06    
5.55    
10.78    
6.26    

  $ 

  $ 

2,010         
49,809         
51,819         

The repayment structure of the Corporation’s FHLB advances is as follows:  

Repayments during year ended December 31, 

2012  
2013  

     (In Thousands)   
13    
     $ 
469    
482    

     $ 

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, there were no securities sold under agreements to repurchase. There were no outstanding federal funds 
purchased at any month-end during fiscal years December 31, 2011 and 2010.  

The Corporation has a $27.4 million FHLB line of credit available for advances and open line borrowings which are collateralized by mortgage-
related securities, unencumbered first mortgage loans and secured small business loans as noted below. At December 31, 2011, $27.0 million of 
this line is unused. There were no advances outstanding on the Corporation’s open line at December 31, 2011 and 2010. Term FHLB advances 
totaled $482,000 and $2.5 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. These advances bear fixed interest rates which range from 
5.91% to 6.06% at December 31, 2011 and 4.98% to 6.06% at December 31, 2010, and are subject to a prepayment fee if they are repaid prior to 
maturity. None of the Corporation’s FHLB advances are putable.  

The Corporation is required to maintain, as collateral, mortgage-related securities and unencumbered first mortgage loans and secured small 
business loans in its portfolio aggregating at least the amount of outstanding advances from the FHLB. Loans totaling approximately $15.6 
million and $25.3 million and collateralized mortgage obligations totaling approximately $11.8 million and $22.6 million were pledged as 
collateral for FHLB advances and unused available credit at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.  

The Corporation has a line of credit of $10.5 million. The line of credit carries an interest rate of one month LIBOR plus 2.75% with a floor of 
4.00% and has certain performance debt covenants of which the Corporation was in compliance with as of December 31, 2011. The Corporation 
pays an unused line fee on its senior line of credit. For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Corporation incurred $10,000 and 
$11,000 of additional interest expense due to this fee. The credit line matures on March 12, 2012 and will be renewed for one additional year 
with pricing terms of one-month LIBOR plus 2.75% with an interest rate floor of 4.00%, and includes an additional debt covenant. The 
Corporation is in compliance with all debt covenants under the renewed line of credit.  

79  

   
   
   
  
     
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
     
        
        
  
  
        
        
  
  
     
  
       
       
       
       
      
    
    
  
      
    
   
  
      
  
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
      
      
    
    
  
      
    
   
  
      
  
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
      
     
     
       
     
    
     
      
    
    
  
      
      
  
    
    
  
      
      
     
     
      
    
    
  
      
      
  
    
    
  
      
      
       
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
Table of Contents  

The Corporation has subordinated notes payable. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the amount of subordinated notes payable outstanding was 
$39.0 million. The subordinated notes payable qualify for Tier 2 capital. At December 31, 2011, $31.0 million of the subordinated debt bears an 
interest rate of LIBOR plus 4.75% with an interest rate floor of 7.00% and $8.0 million bears an interest rate of LIBOR plus 4.25%. There are no 
debt covenants on the subordinated notes payable. In 2012, the Corporation sold and issued approximately $6.2 million aggregate principal 
amount of subordinated debentures (the “debentures”) to certain accredited investors. The debentures have been structured to qualify as Tier 2 
capital, mature on January 15, 2022 and bear a fixed interest rate of 7.5% per year for their entire term. The Corporation may, at its option, 
redeem the debentures, in whole or part, at any time after the fifth anniversary of issuance. The Corporation used the net proceeds from the sale 
of the debentures to repay a portion of its existing $39.0 million of subordinated debt.  

In September 2008, Trust II completed the sale of $10.0 million of 10.5% fixed rate trust preferred securities (Preferred Securities). Trust II also 
issued common securities of $315,000. Trust II used the proceeds from the offering to purchase $10.3 million of 10.5% Junior Subordinated 
Notes (“Notes”) of the Corporation. The Preferred Securities are mandatorily redeemable upon the maturity of the Notes on September 26, 2038. 
The Preferred Securities qualify under the risk-based capital guidelines as Tier 1 capital for regulatory purposes. The Corporation used the 
proceeds from the sale of the Notes for general corporate purposes including providing additional capital to its subsidiaries. Debt issuance costs 
of approximately $428,000 were capitalized in 2008 of which $382,000 is remaining at December 31, 2011. Debt issuance costs are included in 
other assets, and are amortizing over the life of the Notes as an adjustment to interest expense.  

The Corporation has the right to redeem the Notes at any time on or after September 26, 2013. The Corporation also has the right to redeem the 
Notes, in whole but not in part, after the occurrence of a special event. Special events are limited to 1) a change in capital treatment resulting in 
the inability of the Corporation to include the Notes in Tier 1 Capital, 2) a change in laws or regulations that could require Trust II to register as 
an investment company under The Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended and 3) a change in laws or regulations that would a) require 
Trust II to pay income tax with respect to interest received on the Notes or b) prohibit the Corporation from deducting the interest payable by the 
Corporation on the Notes or c) result in greater than a de minimis amount of taxes for Trust II.  

Trust II, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Corporation, was not consolidated into the financial statements of the Corporation. Therefore, the 
Corporation presents in its consolidated financial statements junior subordinated notes as a liability and its investment in Trust II as a component 
of other assets.  

Note 10 – Stockholders’ Equity and Regulatory Capital  

On June 5, 2008, the Board of Directors declared a dividend of one common share purchase right for each outstanding share of common stock, 
$0.01 par value per share (common shares) of the Company. The dividend was paid on July 15, 2008. Each right entitles the registered holder to 
purchase from the Company one-half of one common share, at a price of $85.00 per full common share (equivalent to $42.50 for each one-half 
of a common share), subject to adjustment. The rights will be exercisable only if a person or group acquires 15% or more of the Company’s 
common stock or announces a tender offer for such stock. Under conditions described in the Shareholder Rights Plan, holders of rights could 
acquire additional shares of the Company’s common stock. The value of shares acquired under the plan would have a market value of two times 
the then current per share purchase price. The rights will expire on June 5, 2018.  

The Corporation and the Banks are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by Federal and State of Wisconsin banking 
agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can result in certain mandatory, and possibly additional discretionary actions on the part 
of regulators, that if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Banks’ assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet items as 
calculated under regulatory practices. The Corporation’s and the Banks’ capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative 
judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors. The Corporation has updated its Capital and Liquidity Action 
Plan (the “Plan”), which is designed to help ensure appropriate capital adequacy, to plan for future capital needs and to ensure that the 
Corporation serves as a source of financial strength to the Banks.  

80  

   
Table of Contents  

The Corporation’s and the Banks’ Board of Directors and management work in concert with the appropriate regulatory bodies on decisions 
which affect their capital position, including but not limited to, decisions relating to the payment of dividends and increasing indebtedness.  

As a bank holding company, the Corporation’s ability to pay dividends is affected by the policies and enforcement powers of the Federal 
Reserve. Federal Reserve guidance urges companies to strongly consider eliminating, deferring or significantly reducing dividends if: (i) net 
income available to common shareholders for the past four quarters, net of dividends previously paid during that period, is not sufficient to fully 
fund the dividend; (ii) the prospective rate of earnings retention is not consistent with the bank holding company’s capital needs and overall 
current prospective financial condition; or (iii) the bank holding company will not meet, or is in danger of not meeting, its minimum regulatory 
capital ratios. Management intends to consult with the Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago and provide them with information on the Corporation’s 
then-current and prospective earnings and capital position, on a quarterly basis, in advance of declaring any cash dividends.  

The Banks are also subject to certain legal, regulatory and other restrictions on their ability to pay dividends to the Corporation. As a bank 
holding company, the payment of dividends by the Banks to the Corporation is one of the sources of funds the Corporation could use to pay 
dividends, if any, in the future and to make other payments. Future dividend decisions by the Banks and the Corporation will continue to be 
subject to compliance with various legal, regulatory and other restrictions as defined from time to time.  

Qualitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Corporation and the Banks to maintain minimum amounts 
and ratios of Total and Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets and of Tier 1 capital to average assets. Tier 1 capital generally consists of 
stockholders’ equity plus certain qualifying debentures and other specified items less intangible assets such as goodwill. Risk-based capital 
requirements presently address credit risk related to both recorded and off-balance sheet commitments and obligations. Management believes, as 
of December 31, 2011, that the Corporation and the Banks met all applicable capital adequacy requirements.  

As of December 31, 2011, the most recent notification from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and the State of Wisconsin Department 
of Financial Institutions categorized the Banks as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. In addition, the 
Banks exceeded the minimum net worth requirement of 6.0% required by the State of Wisconsin at December 31, 2011.  

81  

   
Table of Contents  

The following table summarizes the Corporation and Banks’ capital ratios and the ratios required by its federal regulators at December 31, 2011 
and 2010, respectively:  

Actual 

      Amount 

Ratio 

Minimum Required for  Capital  
Adequacy Purposes 

   Amount 

Ratio 
(Dollars In Thousands) 

Minimum Required to be Well  
Capitalized Under Prompt  
Corrective Action  
Requirements 

   Amount 

Ratio 

As of December 31, 2011  

Total capital  

(to risk-weighted assets)  
Consolidated  
First Business Bank  
First Business Bank – Milwaukee  

Tier 1 capital  

(to risk-weighted assets)  
Consolidated  
First Business Bank  
First Business Bank – Milwaukee  

Tier 1 capital  

(to average assets)  
Consolidated  
First Business Bank  
First Business Bank – Milwaukee  

     $ 

118,895           
108,860           
15,074           

13.11 %    $ 
13.39         
16.11         

72,559           
65,058           
7,484           

8.00 %      
8.00       $ 
8.00         

N/A           
81,322           
9,355           

N/A    
10.00 %  
10.00    

     $ 

     $ 

71,723           
98,666           
13,898           

7.91 %    $ 
12.13         
14.86         

36,279           
32,529           
3,742           

4.00 %      
4.00       $ 
4.00         

N/A           
48,793           
5,613           

N/A    
6.00 %  
6.00    

71,723           
98,666           
13,898           

6.22 %    $ 
9.98         
7.95         

46,152           
39,556           
6,993           

4.00 %      
4.00       $ 
4.00         

N/A           
49,445           
8,741           

N/A    
5.00 %  
5.00    

82  

   
   
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
        
  
        
  
        
  
  
     
  
     
     
  
     
  
     
     
     
  
     
  
     
       
       
     
     
  
     
  
     
       
       
     
     
  
     
  
     
       
       
Table of Contents  

As of December 31, 2010  

Total capital  

(to risk-weighted assets)  
Consolidated  
First Business Bank  
First Business Bank – Milwaukee  

Tier 1 capital  

(to risk-weighted assets)  
Consolidated  
First Business Bank  
First Business Bank – Milwaukee  

Tier 1 capital  

(to average assets)  
Consolidated  
First Business Bank  
First Business Bank – Milwaukee  

Actual 

      Amount 

Ratio 

Minimum Required for  Capital  
Adequacy Purposes 

   Amount 

Ratio 
(Dollars In Thousands) 

Minimum Required to be Well  
Capitalized Under Prompt  
Corrective Action  
Requirements 

   Amount 

Ratio 

     $ 

107,263           
100,203           
14,496           

11.23 %    $ 
11.72         
14.62         

76,438           
68,390           
7,930           

8.00 %      
8.00       $ 
8.00         

N/A           
85,488           
9,913           

N/A    
10.00 %  
10.00    

     $ 

     $ 

63,511           
89,478           
13,243           

6.65       $ 
10.47         
13.36         

38,219           
34,195           
3,965           

4.00 %      
4.00       $ 
4.00         

N/A           
51,293           
5,948           

N/A    
6.00 %  
6.00    

63,511           
89,748           
13,243           

5.68       $ 
9.34         
8.30         

44,732           
38,335           
6,381           

4.00 %      
4.00       $ 
4.00         

N/A           
47,918           
7,976           

N/A    
5.00 %  
5.00    

The following table reconciles stockholders’ equity to federal regulatory capital at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.  

Stockholders’ equity of the Corporation  
Unrealized and accumulated gains and losses on specific items and disallowed intangible assets  
Trust preferred securities  
Tier 1 capital  
Allowable general valuation allowances and subordinated debt  
Risk-based capital  

As of December 31, 

2011 

2010 

(In Thousands) 

     $ 

     $ 

64,214       $ 
(2,491 )       
10,000         
71,723         
47,172         
118,895       $ 

55,335    
(1,824 )  
10,000    
63,511    
43,752    
107,263    

The Banks may not declare or pay cash dividends if such declaration and payment would violate Federal and/or state regulatory requirements. 
Unlike the Banks, the Corporation is not subject to these regulatory restrictions; however, the Federal Reserve, the principal regulator of the 
Corporation, has supervisory guidance and regulations pertaining to capital requirements and the payment of dividends. The fundamental 
principle of the Federal Reserve’s supervision and regulation of bank holding companies is that a bank holding company should serve as a 
source of managerial and financial strength to its subsidiary banks. Consistent with this premise, the Federal Reserve expects bank holding 
companies to hold capital commensurate with their overall risk profile. Cash dividends from the Corporation may be limited by these capital 
considerations as well as the regulatory requirements or limitations and capital needs of each Bank.  

83  

   
   
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
        
  
        
  
        
  
  
     
  
     
     
  
     
  
     
     
     
  
     
  
     
       
       
     
     
  
     
  
     
       
       
     
     
  
     
  
     
       
       
  
     
  
  
     
      
  
  
     
  
       
       
      
   
    
  
   
   
    
  
       
       
      
   
    
  
   
   
    
  
      
   
    
  
   
   
    
  
Table of Contents  

Note 11 – Earnings per Share  

The computation of earnings per share for fiscal years 2011 and 2010 is as follows:  

Basic earnings per common share  
Net income  
Less: earnings allocated to participating securities  
Earnings allocated to common shareholders  

Weighted-average common shares outstanding, excluding participating securities  

Basic earnings per common share  

Diluted earnings per common share  
Earnings allocated to common shareholders  
Reallocation of undistributed earnings  
Earnings allocated to common shareholders  

Weighted-average common shares outstanding  
Dilutive effect of share-based awards  
Weighted-average diluted common shares outstanding  

Diluted earnings per common share  

      For the year ended December 31,    

2011 

2010 

     $  8,424,522       $ 
(324,995 )       
     $  8,099,527       $ 

941,253    
(24,026 )  
917,227    

        2,507,826          2,483,650    

     $ 

3.23       $ 

0.37    

     $  8,099,527       $ 
—           
     $  8,099,527       $ 

917,227    
—      
917,227    

        2,507,826          2,483,650    
—      
—           
        2,507,826          2,483,650    

     $ 

3.23       $ 

0.37    

For the year ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, average anti-dilutive employee share-based awards outstanding totaled 150,321 and 194,927, 
respectively.  

Note 12 – Share-Based Compensation  

The Corporation adopted the 2001 Equity Incentive Plan and the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plans”). The Plans are administered by the 
Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of FBFS and provide for the grant of equity ownership opportunities through incentive stock 
options and nonqualified stock options (“Stock Options”) as well as restricted stock. As of December 31, 2011, 45,542 shares are available for 
future grants under the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan. Shares covered by awards that expire, terminate or lapse will again be available for the grant 
of awards under the 2006 Plan. The Corporation may issue new shares and shares from treasury for shares delivered under the Plans. The 2001 
Plan expired February 16, 2011. The 2006 plan expires January 30, 2016.  

Stock Options  

The Corporation may grant Stock Options to senior executives and other employees under the Plans. Stock Options generally have an exercise 
price that is equal to the fair value of the common shares on the date the option is awarded. Stock Options granted under the Plans are subject to 
graded vesting, generally ranging from four to eight years, and have a contractual term of 10 years. For any new awards issued, compensation 
expense is recognized over the requisite service period for the entire award on a straight-line basis. There were no Stock Options granted during 
the years ended December 31, 2011 or 2010. No Stock Options have been granted since the Corporation met the definition of a public entity and 
no Stock Options have been modified, repurchased or cancelled. Therefore, no stock-based compensation related to Stock Options was 
recognized in the consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, except with respect to restricted share 
awards. As of December 31, 2011, all Stock Options granted and not previously forfeited have vested.  

84  

   
   
  
  
     
      
  
     
   
       
      
   
    
  
   
   
    
  
      
   
    
  
   
   
    
  
     
   
       
      
   
    
  
   
   
    
  
      
   
    
  
   
   
    
  
       
      
   
    
  
   
   
    
  
      
   
    
  
   
   
    
  
Table of Contents  

The following table represents a summary of Stock Options activity for all periods.  

For the Years Ended December 31, 

2011 

Weighted  

      Options 

average  price           Options 

2010 

Weighted  
average  price    

Outstanding at beginning of year  
Granted  
Exercised  
Expired  
Forfeited  
Outstanding at end of year  
Options exercisable at end of year  

138,766       $ 
—           
—           
(13,732 )       
—           
125,034         
125,034       

22.09           
—             
—             
19.00           
—             
22.43           

142,790       $ 
—           
—           
(4,024 )       
—           
138,766         
138,766       

22.01    
—      
—      
19.38    
—      
22.09    

The following table represents outstanding Stock Options and exercisable Stock Options at the respective ranges of exercise prices at 
December 31, 2011.  

Range of exercise prices 

$15.00 – $17.50  
$17.51 – $20.00  
$20.01 – $22.50  
$22.51 – $25.00  

Restricted Shares  

Options Outstanding 
Weighted  
average  
remaining  
contractual  
life (Years) 

Weighted  
average  
exercise  
price 

Shares 

9,984           
—             
61,050           
54,000           
125,034         

2.04         $ 
—             
1.14           
2.87           

15.33           
—             
22.00           
24.22           

Exercisable 

Weighted  
average  
exercise  
price 

15.33    
—      
22.00    
24.22    

Shares 

9,984         $ 
—             
61,050           
54,000           
125,034         

Under the Plans, the Corporation may grant restricted shares to plan participants, subject to forfeiture upon the occurrence of certain events until 
the dates specified in the participants’ award agreement. While the restricted shares are subject to forfeiture, the participant may exercise full 
voting rights and will receive all dividends and other distributions paid with respect to the restricted shares. The restricted shares granted under 
the plans are subject to graded vesting. Compensation expense is recognized over the requisite service period of four years for the entire award 
on a straight-line basis. Upon vesting of restricted share awards, the benefits of tax deductions in excess of recognized compensation expense is 
recognized as a financing cash flow activity. For the year ended December 31, 2011, 23 restricted share awards vested on a date at which the 
market price was higher than the market price on the date of grant; therefore, a net excess tax benefit of approximately $11,000 was reflected in 
the consolidated statement of cash flows. For the year ended December 31, 2010, restricted share awards vested on a date at which the market 
price was lower than the market value on the date of grant; therefore there was no excess tax benefit reflected in the consolidated statements of 
cash flows.  

85  

   
   
   
  
     
  
  
     
        
  
  
      
      
       
       
       
       
       
      
    
    
  
   
      
    
    
  
   
       
      
    
    
  
   
      
    
    
  
   
       
       
      
    
    
  
   
      
    
    
  
   
  
     
        
  
     
        
        
        
        
  
       
       
       
       
      
    
    
  
      
      
      
   
    
  
      
       
     
       
      
    
    
  
      
      
      
   
    
  
      
Table of Contents  

Restricted share activity for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 was as follows:  

Nonvested balance at beginning of year  
Granted  
Vested  
Forfeited  
Nonvested balance as of end of year  

2011 

Number of  
restricted  
shares 
101,182       $ 
34,625         
(39,939 )       
—           
95,868         

Weighted  
average  
grant-date  
fair value 

2010 

Weighted  
average  
grant-date  
fair value 

Number of  
restricted  
shares 

14.93           
17.05           
16.24           
—             
15.15           

70,262       $ 
64,725         
(33,430 )       
(375 )       
101,182         

17.88    
13.97    
19.28    
14.55    
14.93    

As of December 31, 2011, there was approximately $1.3 million of deferred compensation expense related to unvested restricted share awards 
which is expected to be recognized over the next three years. For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, share-based compensation 
expense included in net income totaled approximately $579,000 and $523,000 respectively. As of December 31, 2011 there were no restricted 
shares vested and not delivered.  

Note 13 – Employee Benefit Plans  

The Corporation maintains a contributory 401(k) defined contribution plan covering substantially all employees. The Corporation matches 100% 
of amounts contributed by each participating employee up to 3% of the employee’s compensation. The Corporation may also make discretionary 
contributions up to an additional 6% of salary. Contributions are expensed in the period incurred and recorded in compensation expense in the 
consolidated statements of income. The Corporation made a matching contribution of 3% to all eligible employees which totaled $287,000 and 
$243,000 for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Discretionary contributions of 4.8%, or $473,000, and 2.1%, or 
$173,000, were made in 2011 and 2010, respectively.  

The Corporation has a deferred compensation plan covering two executives under which it provides contributions to supplement their retirement. 
In 2011, one of the participants in the deferred compensation plan received his final payment under the terms of the contract. Under the terms of 
the agreements, benefits to be received are generally payable within six months of the date of the termination of employment with the 
Corporation. The expense associated with this plan in 2011 and 2010 was $59,000 and $75,000, respectively. The present value of future 
payments under the plan of $508,000 and $791,000 at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, is included in other liabilities. One of the 
agreements provided for contributions to supplement health insurance costs. The reduction of expense associated with this portion of the plan 
due to the reduction of the liability in 2011 and 2010 was $16,000 in each year. This supplemental health benefit expired in 2011.  

The Corporation owns life insurance policies on the lives of these two executives, which have cash surrender values of approximately $1.9 
million and $1.8 million as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively and death benefits of $6.1 million and $6.1 million, respectively. The 
remaining balance of the cash surrender value of bank-owned life insurance of $15.7 million and $15.1 million as of December 31, 2011 and 
2010, respectively, is related to policies on a number of other officers of the Banks.  

Note 14 – Leases  

The Corporation and FBB occupy space under an operating lease agreement that expires on July 7, 2028. FBB has two loan production offices 
that occupy office space under separate operating lease agreements that expire in the fourth quarter of December 31, 2017. FBB has one other 
loan production office that occupies office space under an operating lease agreement that expires in the first quarter of 2014. FBB – Milwaukee 
occupies office space under an operating lease agreement that expires on November 30, 2020. The Corporation’s total rent expense was $1.3 
million and $1.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Rent expense is recognized on a straight-line basis. The 
Corporation also leases vehicles and other office equipment. Rental expense for these operating leases was $33,000 and $56,000 for the years 
ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.  

86  

   
   
  
     
        
  
  
     
      
        
      
  
       
       
       
       
      
    
    
  
   
      
    
    
  
   
       
      
    
    
  
   
      
    
    
  
   
Table of Contents  

Future minimum lease payments for noncancelable operating leases for each of the five succeeding years and thereafter are as follows (in 
thousands):  

2012  
2013  
2014  
2015  
2016  
Thereafter  

Note 15 – Income Taxes  

Income tax expense applicable to income for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 consists of the following:  

     $ 

     $ 

694    
667    
665    
673    
681    
6,156    
9,536    

Current:  

Federal  
State  

Deferred:  

Federal  
State  

Total income tax expense  

Year Ended December 31, 
2010 
2011 

(In Thousands) 

     $ 

1,791       $ 
(297 )       
1,494         

4,269    
501    
4,770    

1,839         
116         
1,955         

(2,702 )  
281    
(2,421 )  

     $ 

3,449       $ 

2,349    

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and 
liabilities for financial reporting purposes and their tax basis.  

87  

   
   
   
       
       
       
       
       
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
  
     
  
  
     
      
  
  
     
  
     
   
       
      
   
    
  
   
   
    
  
       
      
   
    
  
   
   
    
  
     
   
       
       
      
   
    
  
   
   
    
  
       
      
   
    
  
   
   
    
  
      
   
    
  
   
   
    
  
Table of Contents  

The significant components of the Corporation’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:  

Deferred tax assets:  

Allowance for loan and lease losses  
Deferred compensation  
State net operating loss carryforwards  
Write-down of foreclosed properties  
Non-accrual loan interest  
Capital loss carryforwards  
Other  

Valuation allowance  

Total deferred tax assets  

Deferred tax liabilities:  

Leasing and fixed asset activities  
Unrealized gain on securities  
Other  

Total deferred tax liabilities  

Net deferred tax asset  

     $ 

At December 31, 

2011 

2010 

(In Thousands) 

5,421       $ 
1,040         
753         
265         
734         
103         
117         
8,433         
(11 )       
8,422         

6,232    
726    
2,023    
58    
838    
35    
1,637    
11,549    
(1,259 )  
10,290    

4,162         
1,547         
231         
5,940         

4,045    
1,088    
260    
5,393    

     $ 

2,482       $ 

4,897    

The tax effects of unrealized gains and losses on derivative instruments and unrealized gains and losses on securities are components of other 
comprehensive income. A reconciliation of the change in net deferred tax assets to deferred tax expense follows:  

Change in net deferred tax assets  
Deferred taxes allocated to OCI  
Deferred income tax benefit  

At December 31, 

2011 

2010 

(In Thousands) 

     $ 

     $ 

(2,415 )     $ 
460         
(1,955 )     $ 

(2,293 )  
(128 )  
(2,421 )  

Net deferred tax assets are included in other assets in the consolidated balance sheets.  

The Corporation has state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $14.4 million and $38.8 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, 
respectively, which can be used to offset their future state taxable income. The carry forwards expire between 2012 and 2032. A valuation 
allowance has been established for the future benefits attributable to certain of the state net operating losses. The valuation allowance associated 
with these deferred tax assets was $11,000 and $1.2 million as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. On June 26, 2011, the State of 
Wisconsin 2011-2013 Budget Bill, Assembly Bill 40, was signed into law. The bill provides that, starting with the first taxable year beginning 
after December 31, 2011, and thereafter for the next 19 years, a combined group member that has pre-2009 net business loss carryforwards can, 
after first using such net business loss carryforwards to offset its own income for the taxable year and after using shared losses, use up to five 
percent of the pre-2009 net business loss carryforwards to offset the Wisconsin income of their group members on a proportionate basis. These 
net business loss carryforwards can be used to the extent the income is attributable to the group’s unitary business. If the five percent cannot 
fully be used, the remainder can be added to the portion that may offset the Wisconsin income of all other combined group members in a 
subsequent year, until it is completely used or expired.  

88  

   
   
   
  
     
  
  
     
      
  
  
     
  
     
   
       
       
       
       
       
       
      
   
    
  
   
   
    
  
       
       
      
   
    
  
   
   
    
  
       
      
   
    
  
   
   
    
  
     
   
       
       
       
      
   
    
  
   
   
    
  
       
      
   
    
  
   
   
    
  
      
   
    
  
   
   
    
  
  
     
  
  
     
      
  
  
     
  
       
      
   
    
  
   
   
    
  
      
   
    
  
   
   
    
  
Table of Contents  

Realization of the deferred tax asset over time is dependent upon the Corporation generating sufficient taxable earnings in future periods. In 
determining that realizing the deferred tax was more likely than not, the Corporation gave consideration to a number of factors including its 
recent earnings history, its expected earnings in the future, appropriate tax planning strategies and expiration dates associated with operating loss 
carry forwards.  

The provision for income taxes differs from that computed at the federal statutory corporate tax rate as follows:  

Income before income tax expense  

Tax expense at statutory federal rate of 34% applied to income before income tax expense  
State income tax, net of federal effect  
Tax-exempt security and loan income, net of TEFRA adjustments  
Goodwill impairment  
Change in valuation allowance  
Bank-owned life insurance  
Interest on prior uncertain tax positions  
Enactment of combined reporting  
Other  
Total income tax expense  

Effective tax rate  

Year Ended December 31, 
2010 
2011 

(In Thousands) 

     $ 

11,874       $ 

3,290    

     $ 

     $ 

4,037       $ 
923         
(312 )       
—           
(1,248 )       
(230 )       
—           
—           
279         
3,449       $ 

1,119    
197    
(122 )  
914    
(3 )  
(225 )  
169    
—      
300    
2,349    

29.05 %      

71.40 %  

Like many financial institutions located in Wisconsin, FBB established a Nevada subsidiary for the purpose of investing and managing the 
Bank’s investment portfolio and purchasing a portion of FBB’s loans. FBCC established a Nevada subsidiary for the purpose of purchasing 
FBCC’s loans. The Nevada investment subsidiaries now hold and manage these assets. The investment subsidiaries have not filed returns with, 
or paid income or franchise taxes to the State of Wisconsin. The Wisconsin Department of Revenue (the “Department”) implemented a program 
to audit Wisconsin financial institutions which formed investment subsidiaries located outside of Wisconsin, and the Department has generally 
indicated that it intends to assess income or franchise taxes on the income of the out-of-state investment subsidiaries of Wisconsin financial 
institutions. Prior to the formation of the investment subsidiaries, FBB sought and obtained private letter rulings from the Department regarding 
the non-taxability of the investment subsidiaries in the State of Wisconsin. FBB believes that it complied with Wisconsin law and the private 
rulings received from the Department. In April 2011, the Department issued an assessment to FBB and FBCC. In June 2011, FBB, FBCC and 
the Department entered into a settlement agreement, the terms of which are subject to confidentiality clauses. However, the settlement of this 
matter with the Department did not result in a liability materially different than that which had been previously accrued in the consolidated 
results and financial position.  

89  

   
   
  
     
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
     
  
      
    
    
  
  
    
   
  
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
      
    
    
  
  
    
   
  
      
    
    
  
  
    
   
  
       
Table of Contents  

A summary of all of the Corporation’s uncertain tax positions are as follows:  

Unrecognized tax benefits at beginning of year  
Additions based on tax positions related to current year  
Reductions for tax positions related to current year  
Additions for tax positions of prior years  
Reductions for tax positions of prior years  
Settlements  
Unrecognized tax benefits at end of year  

Year Ended December 31, 
2010 
2011 

(In Thousands) 
2,432       $ 
13         
(9 )       
4         
—           
(2,417 )       
23       $ 

2,428    
4    
(7 )  
8    
(1 )  
—      
2,432    

     $ 

     $ 

As of December 31, 2011, the only tax year open for the State of Wisconsin tax was 2010. Federal tax years that remain open are 2007 through 
2010. As of December 31, 2011, there were no unrecognized tax benefits that are expected to significantly increase or decrease within the next 
twelve months.  

Note 16 – Derivative Financial Instruments  

The Corporation offers interest rate swap products directly to qualified commercial borrowers. The Corporation economically hedges client 
derivative transactions by entering into offsetting interest rate swap contracts executed with a third party. Derivative transactions executed as 
part of this program are not designated as accounting hedge relationships and are marked-to-market through earnings each period. The derivative 
contracts have mirror-image terms, which results in the positions’ changes in fair value primarily offsetting through earnings each period. The 
credit risk and risk of non-performance embedded in the fair value calculations is different between the dealer counterparties and the commercial 
borrowers which may result in a difference in the changes in the fair value of the mirror image swaps. The Corporation incorporates credit 
valuation adjustments to appropriately reflect both its own nonperformance risk and the counterparty’s risk in the fair value measurements. 
When evaluating the fair value of its derivative contracts for the effects of non-performance and credit risk, the Corporation considered the 
impact of netting and any applicable credit enhancements such as collateral postings, thresholds and guarantees.  

At December 31, 2011, the aggregate amortizing notional value of interest rate swaps with various commercial borrowers was approximately 
$53.7 million. The Corporation receives fixed rates and pays floating rates based upon LIBOR on the swaps with commercial borrowers. The 
aggregate amortizing notional value of interest rate swaps with dealer counterparties was also approximately $53.7 million. The Corporation 
pays fixed rates and receives floating rates based upon LIBOR on the swaps with dealer counterparties. These interest rate swaps mature in 
August 2013 through October 2021. The commercial borrower swaps were reported on the Corporation’s balance sheet as a derivative asset of 
$3.4 million and $2.8 million, included in other assets as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Dealer counterparty swaps were reported 
on the Corporation’s balance sheet as a net derivative liability of $3.4 million and $2.8 million due to master netting and settlement contracts 
with dealer counterparties and is included in other liabilities as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.  

90  

   
   
  
     
  
  
     
      
  
  
     
  
       
       
       
       
       
      
   
    
  
   
   
    
  
      
   
    
  
   
   
    
  
Table of Contents  

The table below provides information about the location and fair value of the Corporation’s derivative instruments as of December 31, 2011 and 
2010.  

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments  
December 31, 2011  
December 31, 2010  

Interest Rate Swap Contracts 

Asset Derivatives 

Liability Derivatives 

Balance Sheet 
Location 

      Fair Value 

Balance Sheet  
Location 

      Fair Value 

(In Thousands) 

     Other assets      $ 
     Other assets      $ 

3,434         Other liabilities      $ 
2,841         Other liabilities      $ 

3,434    
2,841    

No derivative instruments held by the Corporation for the year ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 were considered hedging instruments. All 
changes in the fair value of these instruments are recorded in other non-interest income. Given the mirror-image terms of the outstanding 
derivative portfolio, the change in the fair value for the year ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 had no net impact to the consolidated income 
statement.  

Note 17 – Commitments and Contingencies  

The Banks are party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of clients. 
These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit and involve, to varying degrees, elements of 
credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amounts recognized in the consolidated financial statements. The contract amounts reflect the extent 
of involvement the Banks have in these particular classes of financial instruments.  

In the event of non-performance, the Banks’ exposure to credit loss for commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit is represented 
by the contractual amount of these instruments. The Banks use the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as 
they do for instruments reflected in the consolidated financial statements. An accrual for credit losses on financial instruments with off-balance 
sheet risk would be recorded separate from any valuation account related to any such recognized financial instrument. As of December 31, 2011 
and 2010, there were no accrued credit losses for financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk.  

Financial instruments whose contract amounts represent potential credit risk at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, are as follows:  

Commitments to extend credit, primarily commercial loans  
Standby letters of credit  

At December 31, 

2011 

2010 

(In Thousands) 

     $ 

204,845         $ 
7,441           

230,619    
6,793    

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a client as long as there is no violation of any condition in the contract. Commitments 
generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may have a fixed interest rate or a rate which varies with the prime rate or 
other market indices and may require payment of a fee. Since some commitments expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment 
amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements of the Banks. The Banks evaluate the creditworthiness of each client on a case-by-
case basis and generally extend credit only on a secured basis. Collateral obtained varies but consists primarily of accounts receivable, inventory, 
equipment, securities, life insurance or income-producing commercial properties. There is generally no market for commercial loan 
commitments, the fair value of which would approximate the present value of any fees expected to be received as a result of the commitment. 
These are not considered to be material to the financial statements.  

91  

   
   
   
  
     
  
  
     
        
  
  
     
        
  
  
     
  
     
     
     
     
  
     
  
  
     
        
  
  
     
  
       
Table of Contents  

Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Banks to guarantee the performance of a client to a third party. Standby 
letters of credit, collateralized by accounts receivable, inventory, and income-producing commercial properties, expire primarily within one year. 
The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to clients. The fair value of 
standby letters of credit is recorded as a liability when the standby letter of credit is issued. The fair value has been estimated to approximate the 
fees received by the Banks for issuance. The fees are recorded into income and the fair value of the guarantee is decreased ratably over the term 
of the standby letter of credit.  

Management has estimated that there is no probable loss expected from the funding of loan commitments or standby letters of credit at 
December 31, 2011.  

In the normal course of business, various legal proceedings involving the Corporation are pending. Management, based upon advice from legal 
counsel, does not anticipate any significant losses as a result of these actions. Management believes that any liability arising from any such 
proceedings currently existing or threatened will not have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s financial position, results of operations, 
and cash flows.  

Note 18 – Fair Value  

The Corporation determines the fair market values of its financial instruments based on the fair value hierarchy established in ASC Topic 820, 
which requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. Fair 
value is defined as the price that would be received in an orderly transaction that is not a forced liquidation or distressed sale at the measurement 
date and is based on exit prices vs. entry prices. Fair value includes assumptions about risk such as nonperformance risk in liability fair values 
and is a market-based measurement, not an entity-specific measurement. The standard describes three levels of inputs that may be used to 
measure fair value.  

Level 1 —Level 1 inputs are unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Corporation has the ability 
to access at the measurement date.  

Level 2 – Level 2 inputs are inputs other than quoted prices included with Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability either 
directly or indirectly, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that 
are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.  

Level 3- Level 3 inputs are inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or 
liabilities.  

In instances where the determination of the fair value measurement is based on inputs from different levels of the fair value hierarchy, the level 
in the fair value hierarchy within which the entire fair value measurement falls is based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair 
value measurement in its entirety. The Corporation’s assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its 
entirety requires judgment, and considers factors specific to the asset or liability.  

92  

   
Table of Contents  

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis, segregated by fair value hierarchy level, are summarized below:  

December 31, 2011 

Fair Value Measurements Using 
Level 2 

Level 1 

Level 3 

Total 

Assets:  
Municipal obligations  
Collateralized mortgage obligations – government agencies  
Collateralized mortgage obligations – government sponsored enterprises  
Interest rate swaps  

     $ 

—           $ 
—             
—             
—             

2,831         $ 
165,401           
2,154           
3,434           

—           $ 
—             
—             
—             

2,831    
165,401    
2,154    
3,434    

(In Thousands) 

Liabilities:  
Interest rate swaps  

December 31, 2010 

     $ 

—           $ 

3,434         $ 

—           $ 

3,434    

Fair Value Measurements Using 
Level 2 

Level 1 

Level 3 

Total 

(In Thousands) 

Assets:  
Collateralized mortgage obligations – government agencies  
Collateralized mortgage obligations – government sponsored enterprises  
Interest rate swaps  

     $ 

—           $ 
—             
—             

152,776         $ 
603           
2,841           

—           $ 
—             
—             

152,776    
603    
2,841    

Liabilities:  
Interest rate swaps  

     $ 

—           $ 

2,841         $ 

—           $ 

2,841    

There were no transfers in or out of Level 1, 2, or 3 during the years ended December 31, 2011 or 2010.  

Certain non-financial assets subject to measurement at fair value on a non-recurring basis included goodwill, intangible assets and foreclosed 
properties. Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis, segregated by fair value hierarchy are summarized below:  

Balance at 
     December 31, 2011         

Fair Value Measurements Using 
Level 2 

Level 1 

Level 3 

Total 
Gains 
(Losses) 

Impaired loans  
Foreclosed properties  

     $ 

12,787         $ 
2,236           

—           $ 
138           

12,787         $ 
1,989           

—           $ 
109           

—      
(621 )  

(In Thousands) 

93  

   
   
   
   
  
     
           
  
     
        
        
        
  
  
     
  
     
     
     
     
       
       
       
     
     
     
     
  
     
           
  
     
        
        
        
  
  
     
  
     
     
     
     
       
       
     
     
     
     
  
       
          
        
  
  
     
        
        
  
  
        
        
        
  
  
     
  
       
Table of Contents  

Impaired loans  
Foreclosed properties  
Goodwill  

Balance at 
     December 31, 2010         

Fair Value Measurements Using 
Level 2 

Level 1 

Level 3 

Total 
Gains 
(Losses) 

(In Thousands) 

     $ 

22,241         $ 
1,750           
—             

—           $ 
—             
—             

18,112         $ 
1,660           
—             

4,129         $ 
90           
—             

—      
(326 )  
(2,689 )  

Impaired loans that are collateral dependent were written down to their fair value of $12.8 million and $22.2 million through the establishment of 
specific reserves or by recording charge-offs when the carrying value exceeded the fair value at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. 
Valuation techniques consistent with the market approach, income approach, and/or cost approach were used to measure fair value and primarily 
included observable inputs for the individual impaired loans being evaluated such as recent sales of similar assets or observable market data for 
operational or carrying costs. In cases where such inputs were unobservable or significant adjustments to such data were necessary to adjust to 
the current period, the loan balance is reflected within Level 3 of the hierarchy.  

In June 2010, the Corporation determined that goodwill of the reporting unit was fully impaired as of June 30, 2010 and recorded impairment in 
the amount of $2.7 million.  

Foreclosed properties, upon initial recognition, are remeasured and reported at fair value through a charge-off to the allowance for loan and lease 
losses based upon the fair value of the foreclosed property. The fair value of a foreclosed property, upon initial recognition, is estimated using 
Level 2 inputs based on observable market data, typically an appraisal, or Level 3 inputs based upon assumptions specific to the individual 
property or equipment. Subsequent impairments of foreclosed properties and repossessed assets are recorded to loss on foreclosed properties. 
During the year ended December 31, 2011, approximately $3.2 million of outstanding loans were transferred to foreclosed properties as the 
Corporation claimed title to the respective assets. During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Corporation completed an evaluation of certain 
of its foreclosed assets. Based upon the evaluation and the results of the impairment calculation, we recognized impairment losses of 
approximately $621,000 on foreclosed properties. The activity of the Corporation’s foreclosed properties is summarized as follows:  

Balance at the beginning of the period  
Transfer of loans to foreclosed properties, at lower of cost or fair value  
Impairment adjustments  
Proceeds from sale of properties  
Gain on sale of properties  
Balance at the end of the period  

94  

      As of and for the year ended 

December 31, 

2011 

2010 

     $ 

     $ 

(In Thousands) 
1,750       $ 
3,119         
(621 )       
(2,213 )       
201         
2,236       $ 

1,671    
1,842    
(326 )  
(1,557 )  
120    
1,750    

   
   
  
       
          
        
  
  
     
        
        
  
  
        
        
        
  
  
     
  
       
       
  
  
  
     
  
  
     
      
  
  
     
  
       
       
       
       
      
   
    
  
   
   
    
  
      
   
    
  
   
   
    
  
Table of Contents  

Fair Value of Financial Instruments  

The Corporation is required to disclose estimated fair values for its financial instruments. Fair value estimates, methods, and assumptions are set 
forth below:  

Financial assets:  
Cash and cash equivalents  
Securities available-for-sale  
Loans and lease receivables, net  
Federal Home Loan Bank stock  
Cash surrender value of life insurance  
Accrued interest receivable  
Interest rate swaps  

Financial liabilities:  
Deposits  
Federal Home Loan Bank and other borrowings  
Junior subordinated notes  
Accrued interest payable  
Interest rate swaps  
Off balance sheet items:  
Standby letters of credit  
Commitments to extend credit  

* 

Not meaningful 

December 31, 2011 

December 31, 2010 

Carrying  
Amount 

         Fair Value 

Carrying  
Amount 

         Fair Value 

(In Thousands) 

     $ 

130,093         $ 
170,386           
836,687           
2,367           
17,660           
3,525           
3,434           

130,093         $ 
170,386           
840,552           
2,367           
17,660           
3,525           
3,434           

50,819         $ 
153,379           
860,935           
2,367           
16,950           
3,405           
2,841           

50,819    
153,379    
852,790    
2,367    
16,950    
3,405    
2,841    

     $  1,051,312         $  1,068,845         $ 
40,899           
6,917           
2,625           
3,434           

40,292           
10,315           
2,625           
3,434           

988,298         $ 
41,504           
10,315           
3,643           
2,841           

998,713    
41,567    
7,224    
3,643    
2,841    

81           
—             

81           
*           

41           
—             

41    
*    

Disclosure of fair value information about financial instruments, for which it is practicable to estimate that value, is required whether or not 
recognized in the consolidated balance sheets. In cases where quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on estimates using 
present value or other valuation techniques. Those techniques are significantly affected by the assumptions used, including the discount rate and 
estimates of future cash flows. In that regard, the derived fair value estimates cannot be substantiated by comparison to independent markets and, 
in many cases, could not be realized in immediate settlement of the instruments. Certain financial instruments and all non-financial instruments 
are excluded from the disclosure requirements. Accordingly, the aggregate fair value amounts presented do not necessarily represent the 
underlying value of the Corporation.  

The carrying amounts reported for cash and cash equivalents, interest bearing deposits, accrued interest receivable and accrued interest payable 
approximate fair value because of their short-term nature and because they do not present unanticipated credit concerns.  

Securities: The fair value measurements of investment securities are determined by a third party pricing service which considers observable data 
that may include dealer quotes, market spreads, cash flows, the U.S. Treasury yield curve, trade execution data, market consensus prepayment 
speeds, credit information and the securities’ terms and conditions, among other things. To validate the fair value estimates, assumptions, and 
controls of the third party pricing service, the Corporation evaluates magnitude of changes in prices or lack of change of prices between periods 
in comparison to movement in interest rates. Unusual items are challenged with the independent pricing service. Further action may be taken to 
satisfy management’s expectations by independently pricing securities via a third party brokers. While none of these sources are solely indicative 
of fair value, they serve as directional indicators for the appropriateness of the Corporation’s fair value estimates .  

95  

   
   
   
  
     
        
  
  
     
        
  
  
     
  
     
     
     
     
       
       
       
       
       
       
     
     
     
     
       
       
       
       
     
     
     
     
       
       
Table of Contents  

Loans and Leases: The fair value estimation process for the loan portfolio uses an exit price concept and reflects discounts the Corporation 
believes are consistent with liquidity discounts in the market place. Fair values are estimated for portfolios of loans with similar financial 
characteristics. The fair value of performing and nonperforming loans is calculated by discounting scheduled and expected cash flows through 
the estimated maturity using estimated market rates that reflect the credit and interest rate risk inherent in the portfolio of loans and then applying 
a discount factor based upon the embedded credit risk of the loan and the fair value of collateral securing nonperforming loans when the loan is 
collateral dependent. The estimate of maturity is based on the Banks’ historical experience with repayments for each loan classification, 
modified, as required, by an estimate of the effect of current economic and lending conditions.  

Federal Home Loan Bank Stock: The carrying amount of FHLB stock equals its fair value because the shares may be redeemed by the FHLB 
at their carrying amount of $100 per share amount.  

Cash Surrender Value of Life Insurance: The carrying amount of the cash surrender value of life insurance approximates its fair value as the 
carrying value represents the current settlement amount.  

Deposits: The fair value of deposits with no stated maturity, such as demand deposits and money market accounts, is equal to the amount 
payable on demand. The fair value of time deposits is based on the discounted value of contractual cash flows. The discount rate is estimated 
using the rates currently offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities. The fair value estimates do not include the intangible value that 
results from the funding provided by deposit liabilities compared to borrowing funds in the market.  

Borrowed Funds: Market rates currently available to the Corporation and Banks for debt with similar terms and remaining maturities are used 
to estimate fair value of existing debt.  

Financial Instruments with Off-Balance Sheet Risks: The fair value of the Corporation’s off-balance sheet instruments is based on quoted 
market prices and fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreements and the 
credit standing of the related counter party.  

Commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit are generally not marketable. Furthermore, interest rates on any amounts drawn under 
such commitments would generally be established at market rates at the time of the draw. Fair value would principally derive from the present 
value of fees received for those products.  

Interest Rate Swaps: The carrying amount and fair value of existing derivative financial instruments are based upon independent valuation 
models, which use widely accepted valuation techniques, including discounted cash flow analysis on the expected cash flows of each derivative 
contract. This analysis reflects the contractual terms of the derivatives, including the period to maturity, and uses observable market-based 
inputs, including interest rate curves and implied volatilities. The Corporation incorporates credit valuation adjustments to appropriately reflect 
both its own nonperformance risk and the respective counterparty’s nonperformance risk in the fair value measurements. In adjusting the fair 
value of its derivative contracts for the effect of nonperformance risk, the Corporation has considered the impact of netting and any applicable 
credit enhancements, such as collateral postings, thresholds, mutual puts and guarantees.  

Limitations: Fair value estimates are made at a discrete point in time, based on relevant market information and information about the financial 
instrument. These estimates do not reflect any premium or discount that could result from offering for sale at one time the Corporation’s entire 
holding of a particular financial instrument. Because no market exists for a significant portion of the Corporation’s financial instruments, fair 
value estimates are based on judgments regarding future expected loss experience, current economic conditions, risk characteristics of various 
financial instruments, and other factors. These estimates are subjective in nature and involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment 
and, therefore, cannot be determined with precision. Changes in assumptions could significantly affect the estimates.  

Fair value estimates are based on existing balance sheet financial instruments without attempting to estimate the value of anticipated future 
business and the value of assets and liabilities that are not considered financial instruments. In addition, the tax ramifications related to the 
realization of the unrealized gains and losses can have a significant effect on fair value estimates and have not been considered in the estimates.  

96  

   
Table of Contents  

Note 19 – Condensed Parent Only Financial Information  

The following represents the condensed financial information of the Parent Company:  

Condensed Balance Sheets  

Assets  
Cash and cash equivalents  
Investments in subsidiaries, at equity  
Leasehold improvements and equipment, net  
Other assets  

Total assets  

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity  
Borrowed funds  
Other liabilities  

Total liabilities  
Stockholders’ equity  

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity  

Condensed Statements of Income  

Interest income  
Interest expense  

Net interest expense  

Non-interest income  

Consulting and rental income from consolidated subsidiaries  
Other  

Total non-interest income  

Non-interest expense  

Loss before income tax benefit and equity in undistributed net income of consolidated subsidiaries  
Income tax benefit  
Loss before equity in undistributed net income of consolidated subsidiaries  
Equity in undistributed net income of consolidated subsidiaries  

Net income  

97  

At December 31, 

2011 

2010 

(In Thousands) 

     $ 

     $ 

     $ 

     $ 

718         $ 
115,371           
388           
1,989           
118,466         $ 

308    
104,861    
480    
940    
106,589    

50,125         $ 
4,127           
54,252           
64,214           
118,466         $ 

49,325    
1,929    
51,254    
55,335    
106,589    

Year Ended December 31, 
2010 
2011 

(In Thousands) 

     $ 

16       $ 
3,600         
(3,584 )       

—      
3,288    
(3,288 )  

8,454         
107         
8,561         

7,873    
141    
8,014    

8,605         

7,285    

(3,628 )       
(2,590 )       
(1,038 )       
9,463         
8,425       $ 

(2,559 )  
(934 )  
(1,625 )  
2,566    
941    

     $ 

   
   
   
  
     
  
  
     
        
  
  
     
  
     
     
       
       
       
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
     
     
       
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
       
       
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
  
     
  
  
     
      
  
  
     
  
       
      
   
    
  
   
   
    
  
       
      
   
    
  
   
   
    
  
     
   
       
       
      
   
    
  
   
   
    
  
       
      
   
    
  
   
   
    
  
       
      
   
    
  
   
   
    
  
       
       
      
   
    
  
   
   
    
  
       
       
      
   
    
  
   
   
    
  
      
   
    
  
   
   
    
  
Table of Contents  

Condensed Statements of Cash Flows  

Operating activities  
Net income  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash used in operating activities:  
Equity in undistributed earnings of consolidated subsidiaries  
Share-based compensation  
Excess tax benefit from share-based compensation  
Increase in liabilities  
Other, net  

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities  

Investing activities  
Payments for investment in and advances to subsidiaries  

Net cash used in investing activities  

Financing activities  
Net increase in short-term borrowed funds  
Purchase of treasury stock  
Excess tax benefit from share-based compensation  
Dividends paid  

Net cash used in financing activities  

Decrease in cash and cash equivalents  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year  
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year  

Note 20 – Condensed Quarterly Earnings (unaudited)  

Year Ended December 31, 
2010 
2011 

(In Thousands) 

     $ 

8,425       $ 

941    

(9,463 )       
240         
(4 )       
2,198         
(958 )       
438         

(2,566 )  
185    
—      
599    
(26 )  
(867 )  

—           
—           

—      
—      

800         
(103 )       
4         
(729 )       
(28 )       

—      
(55 )  
—      
(711 )  
(766 )  

410         
308         
718       $ 

(1,633 )  
1,941    
308    

     $ 

2011 

2010 

Interest income  
Interest expense  
Net interest income  
Provision for loan losses  
Non-interest income  
Non-interest expense  
Goodwill impairment  
Income before income taxes  
Income taxes  
Net income  

Per common share data:  
Basic earnings per share  
Diluted earnings per share  
Dividends  

First  

First  

Quarter       

Quarter       

Fourth  
Quarter    

Second  
Quarter       

Fourth  
Quarter       

Third  
Quarter       

Second  
Quarter       

Third  
Quarter       
(Dollars in Thousands, Except per share data) 
  $ 14,070      $ 14,174      $ 14,119      $ 13,854      $ 14,366      $ 13,940      $ 14,176      $ 14,144    
     (5,586 )       (5,205 )       (5,015 )       (4,950 )       (6,519 )       (6,249 )       (6,016 )       (5,891 )  
     8,484         8,969         9,104         8,904         7,847         7,691         8,160         8,253    
     (1,404 )       (1,474 )      
(937 )       (1,344 )       (1,069 )       (1,954 )       (2,677 )  
     1,672         1,744         1,728         1,916         1,629         1,685         1,671         1,758    
     (6,760 )       (6,638 )       (6,750 )       (6,249 )       (6,544 )       (6,532 )       (6,379 )       (6,216 )  
     —           —           —           —           —           (2,689 )       —           —      
(914 )       1,498         1,118    
     1,992         2,601         3,647         3,634         1,588        
(520 )  
(529 )      
(689 )      
(611 )      
598    
969      $ 
899      $ (1,525 )    $ 

(88 )       (1,468 )       (1,250 )      
  $  1,349      $  2,513      $  2,179      $  2,384      $ 

(643 )      

(435 )      

  $  0.52      $  0.98      $  0.83      $  0.90      $  0.35      $  (0.60 )    $  0.38      $  0.24    
0.24    
0.07    

(0.60 )      
0.07        

0.83        
0.07        

0.38        
0.07        

0.98        
0.07        

0.52        
0.07        

0.35        
0.07        

0.90        
0.07        

98  

   
   
   
  
     
  
  
     
      
  
  
     
  
     
   
     
   
       
       
       
       
       
      
   
    
  
   
   
    
  
       
      
   
    
  
   
   
    
  
     
   
       
      
   
    
  
   
   
    
  
       
      
   
    
  
   
   
    
  
     
   
       
       
       
       
      
   
    
  
   
   
    
  
       
      
   
    
  
   
   
    
  
       
       
      
   
    
  
   
   
    
  
      
   
    
  
   
   
    
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
   
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
   
  
  
    
   
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
   
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
   
  
  
    
   
  
  
    
    
  
    
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
   
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
   
  
  
    
   
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
   
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
   
  
  
    
   
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
Table of Contents  

The Board of Directors and Stockholders  
First Business Financial Services, Inc.  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm  

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of First Business Financial Services, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of 
December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and 
cash flows for the years then ended. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our 
responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.  

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards 
require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material 
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit 
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial 
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.  

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of First 
Business Financial Services, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for 
the years then ended, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.  

/s/ KPMG LLP  

Chicago, Illinois  
March 9, 2012  

99  

   
Table of Contents  

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure  

None.  

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures  

Disclosure Controls and Procedures  

The Corporation’s management, with the participation of the Corporation’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has evaluated 
the Corporation’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934). 
Based upon that evaluation, the Corporation’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that the Corporation’s 
disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2011.  

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting  

The Corporation’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is 
defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. The Corporation’s internal control over 
financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of the 
Corporation’s financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.  

Management, under the supervision of the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, assessed the effectiveness of the 
Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting based on criteria for effective internal control over financial reporting established in 
“Internal Control – Integrated Framework,” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organization of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Based 
on this assessment, management has determined that the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 
2011.  

Under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, as a non-accelerated filer, the Corporation is permanently exempted 
from the requirement under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 that SEC registrants provide an attestation report on the 
effectiveness of internal controls over financial reporting by the Corporation’s independent registered public accounting firm.  

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting  

There was no change in the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) 
under the Exchange Act) that occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 2011 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to 
materially affect, the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting.  

Item 9B. Other Information  

None.  

PART III.  

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance  

(a) 

(b) 

(c) 

Directors of the Registrant . Information with respect to the Directors of the registrant, included in the definitive Proxy 
Statement for the Annual Meeting of the Stockholders to be held on May 14, 2012 under the captions “Board of Directors” 
and “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” is incorporated herein by reference. 

Executive Officers of the Registrant . The information is presented in Item 1 of this document. 

Code of Ethics . The Corporation has adopted a code of ethics applicable to all employees, including the principal executive 
and principal accounting officer of the Corporation. The FBFS Code of Ethics is posted on the Corporation’s website at 
www.firstbusiness.com 

100  

   
   
   
   
  
  
  
Table of Contents  

Item 11. Executive Compensation  

Information with respect to compensation for our directors and officers included in the definitive Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting to be 
held on May 14, 2012 included within the summary compensation table is incorporated herein by reference.  

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters  

Information with respect to security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management, included in the definitive Proxy Statement for the 
Annual Meeting of the Stockholders to be held on May 14, 2012 under the captions “Principal Shareholders” and “Section 16(a) Beneficial 
Ownership Reporting Compliance” is incorporated herein by reference.  

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence  

Information with respect to certain relationships and related transactions included in the definitive Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of 
the Stockholders to be held on May 14, 2012 under the caption “Related Party Transactions” is incorporated herein by reference.  

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services  

Information with respect to principal accounting fees and services included in the definitive Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of the 
Stockholders to be held on May 14, 2012 under the caption “Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” is incorporated herein by 
reference.  

PART IV.  

Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statements Schedules  

The consolidated financial statements listed on the Index included under “ Item 7 – Financial Statements and Supplementary Data ” are filed 
as a part of this Form 10-K. All financial statement schedules have been included in the consolidated financial statements or are either not 
applicable or not significant.  

Exhibits . See Exhibit Index.  

101  

   
Table of Contents  

Signatures  

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be 
signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.  

    FIRST BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. 

March 9, 2012  

March 9, 2012  

March 9, 2012  

March 9, 2012  

March 9, 2012  

March 9, 2012  

March 9, 2012  

March 9, 2012  

March 9, 2012  

March 9, 2012  

March 9, 2012  

March 9, 2012  

/s/ Corey A. Chambas  

    Corey A. Chambas 
    Chief Executive Officer 

/s/ James F. Ropella  

    James F. Ropella 
    Chief Financial Officer 

/s/ Shauna M. Gnorski  

    Shauna M. Gnorski 
    Chief Accounting Officer 

/s/ Jerome J. Smith 

    Jerome J. Smith 
    Chairman of the Board of Directors 

/s/ Mark D. Bugher 

    Mark D. Bugher 
    Director 

/s/ Jan A. Eddy 

    Jan A. Eddy 
    Director 

/s/ John J. Harris 

    John J. Harris 
    Director 

/s/ Gerald L. Kilcoyne 

    Gerald L. Kilcoyne 
    Director 

/s/ John M. Silseth 

    John M. Silseth 
    Director 

/s/ Barbara H. Stephens 

    Barbara H. Stephens 
    Director 

/s/ Dean W. Voeks 

    Dean W. Voeks 
    Director 

/s/ Gary E. Zimmerman 

    Gary E. Zimmerman 
    Director 

102  

   
   
   
   
   
   
   
    
   
   
    
   
   
    
   
   
    
   
   
    
   
   
    
   
   
    
   
   
    
   
   
    
Table of Contents  

Exhibit No.       

3.1    

3.2    

4.1    

4.2    

10.1    

10.2    

10.3    

10.4    

10.5    

10.6    

10.7    

10.8    

10.9    

21    

23       

31.1       

31.2       

32    

99    

Exhibit Name  

Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of First Business Financial Services, Inc., as amended (incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 12, 2010) 

Amended and Restated Bylaws of First Business Financial Services, Inc., as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 
3.1 to the current report on Form 8-K filed on January 31, 2012.) 

Pursuant to Item 601(b)(4)(iii) of Regulation S-K, the Registrant agrees to furnish to the Securities and Exchange 
Commission, upon request, any instrument defining the rights of holders of long-term debt not being registered that is not 
filed as an exhibit to this Annual Report on Form 10-K. No such instrument authorizes securities in excess of 10% of the 
total assets of the Registrant. 

Rights Agreement, dated as of June 5, 2008, between the Registrant and Computershare Investor Services, Inc. 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registration Statement on Form 8-A of the Registrant, dated as of June 6, 
2008) 

1993 Incentive Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed 
September 28, 2006) 

2001 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Amended Registration Statement on Form 10 
filed April 28, 2005) 

Form of Stock Option Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Amended Registration Statement on 
Form 10 filed April 28, 2005) 

2006 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Appendix B to the Company’s Proxy Statement for the 2006 
Annual Meeting of Shareholders filed on March 31, 2006) 

Form of Restricted Stock Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 
filed September 28, 2006) 

Restated Employment Agreement dated December 14, 2005 between the Registrant and Jerome J. Smith (incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the current report on Form 8-K filed on December 16, 2005) 

Employment and Repayment Agreement between First Business Capital Corp. and Charles H. Batson, dated December 14, 
2005 (previously filed as Exhibits 10.1 and 10.2 and incorporated by reference to Exhibits 10.1 and 10.2 to the current 
report on Form 8-K filed on December 20, 2005)  
Form of Executive Change-in-Control and Severance Agreement (incorporated by reference to the current report on Form 
8-K filed on February 10, 2006)  

Restated Employment Agreement dated November 7, 2006 between the Registrant and Corey A. Chambas (incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the current report on Form 8-K filed on November 13, 2006) 

Annual Incentive Bonus Program (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the current report on Form 8-K filed on 
January 27, 2011) 

Subsidiaries of the Registrant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 21 to the Amended Registration Statement on Form 10 
filed April 28, 2005) 

Consent of KPMG LLP 

Certification of the Chief Executive Officer 

Certification of the Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 

Certification of the Chief Executive Officer and Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 
Section 1350 

Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of the Stockholders (to be filed with the SEC under Regulation 14A within 120 
days after December 31, 2011; except to the extent specifically incorporated by reference, the Proxy Statement for the 
Annual Meeting of the Stockholders shall not be deemed to be filed with the SEC as part of this Annual Report on Form 
10-K) 

103  

   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
   
Table of Contents  

Exhibit No.    

101 

Exhibit Name  

The following financial information from First Business Financial Services, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-K for the 
year ended December 31, 2011, formatted in XBRL (eXtensible Business Reporting Language): (i) Consolidated Balance 
Sheets as of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, (ii) Consolidated Statements of Income for the year ended 
December 31, and 2010, (iii) Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity and Comprehensive Income for 
the year ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, (iv) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the year ended December 31, 
2011 and 2010, and (v) the Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements tagged as blocks of text.*+ 

* 

Pursuant to Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, these interactive data files are deemed not filed as part of a registration statement or prospectus 
for purposes of Sections 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of 1933 or Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and otherwise are not 
subject to liability. 

+ 

Submitted electronically with this Annual Report. 

104  

   
   
   
   
Consent of Independent Registered Pubic Accounting Firm  

Exhibit 23 

The Board of Directors  
First Business Financial Services, Inc.:  

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statements (No. 333-129059, No. 333-137634 and No. 333-137635) on Form S-8 
of First Business Financial Services, Inc. and subsidiaries of our report dated March 9, 2012, with respect to the consolidated balance sheets of 
First Business Financial Services, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of income, 
comprehensive  income,  changes  in  stockholders’  equity,  and  cash  flows  for  the  years  then  ended,  which  report  appears  in  the  December 31, 
2011, annual report on Form 10-K of First Business Financial Services, Inc.  

/s/ KPMG LLP  

Chicago, Illinois  
March 9, 2012  

I, Corey A. Chambas, Chief Executive Officer of First Business Financial Services, Inc., certify that:  

Certifications  

Exhibit 31.1 

1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of First Business Financial Services, Inc.; 

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary 
to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to 
the period covered by this report; 

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material 
respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this 
report; 

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as 
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act 
Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: 

a. 

b. 

c. 

d. 

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our 
supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made 
known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; 

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed 
under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of 
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; 

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions 
about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on 
such evaluation; and 

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the 
registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially 
affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and 

5. 

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial 
reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors: 

a. 

b. 

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting 
which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial 
information; and 

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the 
registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. 

/s/ Corey A. Chambas  
Corey A. Chambas  
Chief Executive Officer  
March 9, 2012  

   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
I, James F. Ropella, Chief Financial Officer of First Business Financial Services, Inc., certify that:  

Certifications  

Exhibit 31.2 

1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of First Business Financial Services, Inc.; 

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary 
to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to 
the period covered by this report; 

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material 
respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this 
report; 

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as 
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act 
Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: 

a. 

b. 

c. 

d. 

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our 
supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made 
known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; 

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed 
under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of 
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; 

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions 
about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on 
such evaluation; and 

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the 
registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially 
affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and 

5. 

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial 
reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors: 

a. 

b. 

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting 
which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial 
information; and 

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the 
registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. 

/s/ James F. Ropella  
James F. Ropella  
Chief Financial Officer  
March 9, 2012  

   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Certification of the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350  

Solely for the purposes of complying with 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, we 
the undersigned Chief Executive Officer and Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of First Business Financial Services, Inc., a 
Wisconsin Corporation, hereby certify, based on our knowledge that the Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Corporation for the year ended 
December 31, 2011 (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934 and that 
information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Corporation.  

Exhibit 32 

/s/ Corey A. Chambas  
Corey A. Chambas  
Chief Executive Officer  
March 9, 2012  

/s/ James F. Ropella  
James F. Ropella  
Chief Financial Officer  
March 9, 2012